WO2022242573A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022242573A1
WO2022242573A1 PCT/CN2022/092782 CN2022092782W WO2022242573A1 WO 2022242573 A1 WO2022242573 A1 WO 2022242573A1 CN 2022092782 W CN2022092782 W CN 2022092782W WO 2022242573 A1 WO2022242573 A1 WO 2022242573A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
matrix
communication device
signal
decomposition
data transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/092782
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
袁璞
刘昊
姜大洁
秦飞
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110541400.3A external-priority patent/CN115378769B/en
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2022242573A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022242573A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/03Shaping networks in transmitter or receiver, e.g. adaptive shaping networks
    • H04L25/03006Arrangements for removing intersymbol interference
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/03Shaping networks in transmitter or receiver, e.g. adaptive shaping networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/03Shaping networks in transmitter or receiver, e.g. adaptive shaping networks
    • H04L25/03891Spatial equalizers
    • H04L25/03898Spatial equalizers codebook-based design

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the technical field of communication, and in particular relates to a data transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium.
  • the interval of each symbol in the transmitter is much smaller than the minimum interval of Nyquist transmission, thus causing adjacent data to overlap each other, that is, the code Inter-Symbol Interference (ISI);
  • ISI code Inter-Symbol Interference
  • the receiver in the FTN system must use a whitening filter and a maximum likelihood sequence detection (Maximum likelihood sequence estimation, MLSE) algorithm to eliminate this ISI.
  • MLSE maximum likelihood sequence estimation
  • MLSE is the theoretically optimal receiver algorithm, its complexity has an exponential growth relationship with the modulation order and the number of overlapping layers; that is, the algorithm complexity of the receiver is high, and hardware design is difficult to implement, especially for cost and power consumption. Terminal equipment with more stringent requirements affects the engineering application of FTN technology.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, device, communication device, and storage medium, which can solve the problem of an overly complex receiver algorithm in an FTN system.
  • a data transmission method comprising:
  • the first communication device receives the first signal
  • the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal
  • the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • a data transmission method comprising:
  • the second communication device precodes the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
  • the second communication device performs super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal
  • the second communication device transmits the second signal
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • a data transmission device which includes:
  • a first receiving module configured to receive a first signal
  • a first processing module configured to process the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal
  • the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • a data transmission device which includes:
  • a precoding module configured to precode the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
  • a mapping module configured to perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal
  • a transmission module configured to transmit the second signal
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • a communication device in a fifth aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, and the program or instruction is executed by the processor When realizing the steps of the method as described in the first aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used for:
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, the program or instruction is processed by the implement the steps of the method as described in the second aspect when the controller is executed.
  • a network side device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is used for:
  • precoding the first modulation symbol Based on the precoding matrix, precoding the first modulation symbol to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
  • a mapping module configured to perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal
  • the communication interface is used for:
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • a readable storage medium is provided, and programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium, and when the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or The steps of the method described in the second aspect.
  • a chip in a tenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method as described in the first aspect steps, or realize the steps of the method as described in the second aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the The steps of the method, or the steps of implementing the method as described in the second aspect.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a comparison between signals without time domain overlap and time domain overlap provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the sending and receiving processing flow of the FTN provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is one of the schematic flow charts of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is the second schematic diagram of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is the third schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is the second schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is the third schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is one of the schematic diagrams of the hardware structure of the communication device implementing the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a second schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second and the like in the specification and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances such that the embodiments of the application are capable of operation in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein and that "first" and “second” distinguish objects. It is usually one category, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, there may be one or more first objects.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims means at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/” generally means that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the above-mentioned system and radio technology, and can also be used for other systems and radio technologies.
  • NR New Radio
  • the following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation (6 th Generation, 6G) communication system.
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 .
  • the terminal 11 can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), Pedestrian Terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, earphones, glasses, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, where a base station may be called a node B, an evolved node B, an access point, a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, WLAN access point, WiFi node, transmission Receiving point (Transmitting Receiving Point, TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only The base station in the NR system is taken as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited.
  • Radio resource control RRC
  • Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM
  • GMD Geometry mean decomposition
  • UCD Uniform channel decomposition
  • Faster-than-Nyquist (FTN) transmission is currently considered to be a new type of signal processing technology that can break through the Nyquist sampling rate and further approach the physical limit of channel capacity.
  • Its derivative technology is Overlapped X Division Multiplexing (OVXDM).
  • OVXDM/FTN technology artificially introduces Inter-Symbol Interference (ISI) and/or Inter-Code Interference (ICI) based on waveform coding theory in the time domain/frequency domain, thereby increasing the symbol transmission rate , increasing the equivalent channel capacity.
  • ISI Inter-Symbol Interference
  • ICI Inter-Code Interference
  • the waveform-encoded signal puts forward higher requirements on the performance of the receiver, which increases the complexity of the decoding algorithm and the power consumption of the hardware.
  • the larger the time-frequency domain overlap coefficient during waveform coding that is, the more serious the artificially introduced ISI and ICI, the more states need to be judged on the receiver side, and the higher the complexity of the receiving algorithm.
  • the time when wireless signals arrive at the receiving antenna through different paths is different, that is, the multipath effect of transmission is caused by different path signals.
  • ISI occurs when the preceding and following symbols of a transmitted signal arrive at the same time via different paths, or when the subsequent symbol arrives within the delay spread of the previous symbol.
  • the frequency of each subcarrier where the signal is located will be shifted to different degrees, resulting in the overlap of originally possible orthogonal subcarriers, that is, ICI.
  • the above-mentioned ISI/ICI generated during signal transmission is superimposed with the ISI/ICI introduced by waveform coding during transmission, which imposes higher requirements on the decoding capability of the receiver.
  • the complexity of the receiver algorithm can be reduced as much as possible through some methods, such as using the prior information of the wireless channel, using the channel measurement results, so that the receiver can track the time-varying characteristics of the fading channel , always in the best working condition.
  • FTN/OVTDM is a signal processing method that artificially introduces an appropriate amount of ISI and/or ICI by performing shift and superposition processing (also known as waveform coding) on the transmitted signal.
  • the purpose is to speed up the symbol transmission rate, that is, to increase the per second Number of symbols sent in (Hz*s).
  • OVXDM includes OVTDM, OVFDM and Overlapped Code Division Multiplexing (OVCDM), as well as the combined technology of OVTDM and Overlapped Frequency Division Multiplexing (OVFDM), which is called Overlapped X-Domain Multiplexing. That is, X-domain overlapping multiplexing; it can be referred to as FTN uniformly.
  • the introduced ISI and ICI will increase the complexity of decoding, which may cause an increase in bit error rate.
  • the negative effect brought about by the increase of the bit error rate can be suppressed through the advanced decoding algorithm, and overall, the channel capacity can still be improved through the method of accelerating the symbol sending rate. Its expression is as follows:
  • T ⁇ ⁇ T, ⁇ (0,1), and ⁇ is the time domain overlap coefficient.
  • is the frequency domain overlap coefficient.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a comparison between signals without time domain overlap and time domain overlap provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is taken as an example to illustrate the generation of ISI.
  • the signal expression received by the receiver is:
  • w(t) Gaussian white noise
  • FTN/OVTDM signals There are two main ways to generate FTN/OVTDM signals: 1) In a single-antenna system, it can be equivalently generated by oversampling the signal + shaping filtering, and its effect is similar to a convolutional encoder acting on the modulation level ; 2) In a multi-antenna system, it can be generated in a way that is closer to its physical meaning, that is, to control each antenna element/port of the multi-antenna to send signals sequentially with a delay of T ⁇ according to the established shift and superposition principle, Signals sent by different antenna elements/ports with different delays are superimposed on the air interface, and ISI is introduced between the sampling points of the signals to form FTN/OVTDM signals.
  • the overlap coefficient is The FTN signal of is equivalent to the OVTDM signal with the number of overlapping layers K.
  • FTN can be used to refer to the super-Nyquist signal family represented by FTN/OVTDM.
  • the number of overlapping layers can be used as a description method to represent the characteristics of the FTN/OVTDM signal.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow diagram of the sending and receiving process of the FTN provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the parts of whitening filter and maximum likelihood sequence detection are different from the communication system based on Nyquist transmission. There are two main differences: the interval of each symbol in the transmitter is much smaller than the minimum interval of Nyquist transmission, which causes the overlap between adjacent data, that is, ISI; thus the receiver must use Whitening filter and maximum likelihood sequence detection (Maximum likelihood sequence estimation, MLSE) algorithm to eliminate this ISI.
  • MLSE Maximum likelihood sequence estimation
  • the MLSE example in Figure 3 is the theoretically optimal receiver algorithm, its complexity has an exponential growth relationship with the modulation order and the number of overlapping layers, and its tolerance to channel estimation errors is very low, thus limiting its practical use scene.
  • various algorithms dedicated to improving performance and reducing complexity have been proposed one after another, such as the BCJR algorithm based on log-MAP, which achieves performance close to MLSE and is more robust to fading channels; based on heuristic Ball decoding algorithms, etc., focus on reducing the complexity of the receiver, but at the expense of performance.
  • the common feature of these algorithms is that they belong to nonlinear detection, and their complexity is not stable for SNR. Therefore, it is necessary to ensure sufficient performance (such as complexity) redundancy to adapt to channel changes when designing hardware. Therefore, in reducing The complexity of engineering implementation is not as good as theoretically ideal.
  • Fig. 4 is one of the flow diagrams of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 4, the method includes:
  • Step 400 the first communication device receives a first signal
  • Step 410 the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal
  • the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first communication device may be the receiving side;
  • the second communication device may be the sending side
  • the first communication device may be a terminal, and the second communication device may be a network-side device.
  • Uplink may mean sending by the receiving side and receiving by the sending side; downlink means sending by the sending side and receiving by the receiving side.
  • the equivalent channel matrix can be determined by the following matrix:
  • the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter denoted as G.
  • the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter is denoted as G H .
  • FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 5 shows the FTN equivalent channel.
  • the first communication device can first use the known channel information to perform channel equalization on the symbol samples to be processed (time-domain sample points Y of the first signal), so as to remove/reduce the noise caused by the physical channel H. path interference.
  • FIG. 6 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows the flow of scheme one: the second communication device may first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as quadrature amplitude modulation (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation, QAM), to obtain the first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device can perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can treat The transmission symbol is subjected to super-Nyquist FTN mapping, including Up sampling and Pulse shaping, to obtain the time-domain sampling point of the second signal; then the second communication device can send the time-domain sampling point of the second signal.
  • QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
  • the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform channel equalization on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal (Channel Equalizer) FTN, and then perform FTN demodulation (FTN demapping), including matched filtering (Matched filtering), and perform FTN equalization (FTN Equalizer) on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the target signal Time-domain sampling points, followed by quadrature amplitude demodulation.
  • Channel Equalizer channel equalization on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal
  • FTN demapping including matched filtering (Matched filtering)
  • FTN equalization FTN equalization
  • the time-domain sampling points of the first signal processed by matched filtering can be sent to the FTN demodulator, and firstly use the unitary matrix in the precoding process to linearly equalize the effect of the FTN equivalent channel, and further remove The ISI brought by the FTN equivalent channel; then sent to the decision device for symbol detection.
  • the above process can be regarded as a cascaded connection of an equalizer in a traditional communication system and a detector of a precoded FTN signal.
  • the block diagram of the cascaded system is shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the advantage of Solution 1 is that the channel information can be transparent to the sending side (such as the second communication device), and the receiving side (such as the first communication device) can use the reference signal sent by the sending side (such as the second communication device) to conduct channel After measurement, it is directly used for equalization processing on the receiving side (such as the first communication device), and the receiving side (such as the first communication device) does not need to perform channel information feedback in the process, reducing signaling interaction overhead between transceivers.
  • the problem with Solution 1 is that the channel equalization module in the cascaded system involves the operation of inverting the channel matrix.
  • the complexity is relatively high.
  • the equivalent channel matrix can also be determined by the following matrix:
  • the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter denoted as G.
  • the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter denoted as G H ;
  • the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel is denoted as H.
  • FIG. 7 is the second schematic diagram of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 7 shows the FTN equivalent channel. It may be called an end-to-end (end to end, E2E) equivalent channel.
  • Fig. 8 is the third schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as shown in Fig. 8, the flow of scheme two: the second communication device can first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as QAM modulation (QAM modulation) , to obtain the first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device can perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can perform pre-coding on the symbols to be transmitted Qwest FTN mapping, including up sampling (Up sampling) and pulse shaping (Pulse shaping), to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the second signal; then the second communication device can send the time-domain sampling points of the second signal.
  • QAM modulation QAM modulation
  • Pre-coding precoding
  • Pre-coding precoding
  • Pre-coding precoding
  • the second communication device can perform pre-coding on the symbols to be transmitted Qwest FTN mapping, including up sampling (Up sampling) and pulse shaping (Pulse shaping), to obtain the
  • the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and performing Equivalent Channel Equalizer (Equivalent Channel Equalizer) on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform normal Cross-amplitude demodulation.
  • FTN demapping including Matched filtering
  • Equivalent Channel Equalizer Equivalent Channel Equalizer
  • this embodiment of the present application may significantly reduce the complexity of the first communication device (receiving end).
  • the precoding in Scheme 2 needs to be adjusted in time according to the dynamic changes of the channel, which may be difficult to apply in the fast fading scenario.
  • additional signaling overhead may be introduced.
  • the first communication device may send an uplink reference signal, and the second communication device may perform channel estimation, calculate a precoding matrix, generate and send a precoded Precoded-FTN signal.
  • the first communication device also needs to use the precoding matrix to receive, that is, the first communication device also needs to obtain information related to channel equalization, that is, channel parameters or the precoding matrix at the sending side.
  • the first communication device has two options:
  • the second communication device notifies the first communication device of information related to channel equalization.
  • the first communication device uses the downlink reference signal in the sent data to perform channel measurement, and calculates the precoding matrix by itself.
  • the first communication device may process the first signal received from the second communication device based on an equalization matrix to obtain the target signal; wherein the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first communication device determines based on the equivalent channel matrix, or the equalization matrix is determined by the second communication device based on the equivalent channel matrix and indicated to the first communication device.
  • this embodiment of the present application proposes that the second communication device performs preprocessing (precoding) on the original first modulation symbol according to the predicted equivalent channel information, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side. , to achieve the purpose of reducing the complexity of the detection algorithm at the receiving side.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the method also includes at least one of the following:
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix
  • the first communication obtains the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may determine an equalization matrix based on an equivalent channel matrix
  • the first communication device when it determines the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix;
  • the second communication device may determine the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information;
  • the second communication device when the second communication device determines the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix through the first indication information to the first communication device.
  • the idea of precoding using this result is essentially to multiply the sample point data by the column vector in the unitary matrix after channel matrix decomposition, so as to project the sample point to the subspace corresponding to the vector, that is, the logical subchannel middle; the main diagonal element of the middle matrix corresponding to the vector is the gain of the subchannel.
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the D matrix is the second upper triangular matrix.
  • the embodiment of the present application can use the GMD method to realize precoding, which is equivalent to that when each sample point data is transmitted on a subchannel corresponding to a unitary matrix column vector, it is affected by the channel gain whose size is the value of the corresponding main diagonal element. And receive interference from other symbols.
  • the benefit of the GMD method is that the decomposed sub-channel gains are the same (that is, the values of the main diagonal elements of the D matrix are approximately equal).
  • the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
  • P is a precoding matrix
  • R 1 is a first intermediate matrix
  • Q 1 H is the equalization matrix
  • the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 1 is the first signal
  • Y 1 HX 1 +N
  • N is noise
  • X 1 is the second signal sent by the second communication device
  • X 1 PS
  • S is the first modulation before precoding Symbol
  • H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
  • the first communication device may determine the equalized first channel matrix based on the equalization matrix Q 1 H .
  • P may be used as a precoding matrix.
  • the estimated sample point value can be obtained by applying the SIC receiver which is
  • iterative solution using the SIC receiver can be implemented, which can avoid matrix inversion of R 1 -1 , and has low complexity.
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the UCD method can be extended by introducing a channel matrix, which increases the number of decomposed equivalent sub-channels.
  • the advantages of the channel power allocation of the SVD mode and the channel gain balance of the GMD mode are integrated.
  • the precoding matrix of UCD adopts Constructed, where V is the right unitary matrix of SVD, ⁇ is a diagonal matrix obtained by power injection according to the D matrix of SVD, and ⁇ is a semi-unitary matrix constructed according to the UCD method in literature [1].
  • the equalization matrix of UCD is Q H , given by Get it.
  • the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
  • the first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • the first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix
  • R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
  • a semi-unitary matrix ⁇ can be constructed.
  • the semi-unitary matrix ⁇ can be a certain fixed matrix, which can be the first communication device or What the second communication device indicates to the communication peer after it is constructed may also be predefined by the protocol or preset by the system.
  • the precoding matrix in the UCD matrix decomposition method can be determined based on the unitary matrix V, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • the extended channel matrix can be constructed according to F and QR decomposition can be obtained and thus obtain Furthermore, the equalization matrix Q 2 H can be obtained directly.
  • the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 2 is the first signal
  • Y 2 HX 2 +N
  • X 2 FS.
  • N noise
  • X 2 is the second signal sent by the second communication device
  • X 2 FS
  • S is the first modulation symbol before precoding
  • H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
  • the equalized first channel may be determined based on the equalization matrix Q 2 H
  • P may be used as a precoding matrix.
  • the original QAM symbol is S
  • the first communication device can use the equalization matrix Q2H to linearly equalize the discrete time-domain sampling points of the received first signal, namely
  • the estimated sample point value can be obtained by applying the SIC receiver which is
  • an iterative solution using a SIC receiver can be implemented, which can avoid matrix inversion of R ⁇ 1 and has low complexity.
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the column vectors of the unitary matrix are eigenvectors; and the D matrix is a diagonal matrix, and the diagonal elements are eigenvalues. Therefore, using the SVD method for precoding is equivalent to that when each sample data is transmitted on a sub-channel corresponding to a certain eigenvector, it is only affected by the channel gain of the corresponding eigenvalue without inter-symbol interference. At the same time, the SVD method can use power allocation to achieve a balance between channel capacity and bit error rate.
  • the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
  • W is a precoding matrix
  • M is a diagonal matrix
  • Q 3 H is the equalization matrix
  • the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 3 is the first signal
  • Y 3 HX 3 +N
  • X 3 FS
  • ⁇ 1 is the second power allocation matrix
  • the second power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication equipment.
  • N noise
  • X 3 is the second signal sent by the second communication device
  • X 3 FS
  • S is the first modulation symbol before precoding
  • H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
  • the equalized first channel may be determined based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H
  • P may be used as a precoding matrix.
  • the estimated sample point value can be obtained by applying the SIC receiver
  • the equalization can be completed by one matrix multiplication at the receiver side, and the complexity is extremely low.
  • a power distribution matrix namely a diagonal matrix ⁇ 1 , can be introduced.
  • the power water filling criterion can be used to determine ⁇ to maximize the channel capacity, and the power reverse water filling criterion can also be used to determine ⁇ 1 to ensure the performance of sub-channels with poor gain.
  • the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 4 is the first signal
  • Y 4 HX 4 +N
  • ⁇ 2 is a third power allocation matrix
  • the third power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication device, wherein, The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and in, is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, and K is the FTN overlap coefficient.
  • N is noise
  • X 4 is a second signal sent by the second communication device.
  • the problem with the classical SVD method is that the values of the main diagonal elements of the M matrix after channel matrix decomposition are different, that is, the gains of the corresponding sub-channels are different.
  • the optimal method can be to perform power water injection, that is, to allocate sub-channels with greater channel gain More transmit power; channel capacity can be increased, sacrificing the bit error rate of sub-channels with weak channel gain, which may cause the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to never be correctly demodulated;
  • a method similar to reverse power water injection can be used to allocate more transmit power to sub-channels with smaller channel gains, which can improve the weaker
  • the performance of the bit error rate on the sub-channels enables the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to be demodulated with a lower bit error rate, but this sacrifices energy utilization efficiency and reduces the total channel capacity.
  • the improved SVD method provided by the embodiment of the present application can comprehensively consider the channel capacity and the bit error rate.
  • the equivalent channel matrix by analyzing the equivalent channel matrix, it can be known that there is a law in the distribution of the amplitude values of the main diagonal elements of the M matrix. Assuming that the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter used is ⁇ , only the first 1+ ⁇ main diagonal elements in the M matrix have larger amplitude values, in other words, only 1+ ⁇ subchannels with better channel quality .
  • the corresponding precoding operation can be: in, The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and in, is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, K is the FTN overlap coefficient, and 1+ ⁇ K.
  • ⁇ 2 M ⁇ 1 is taken at this time.
  • the equalized signal on the receiving side is:
  • the number of symbols sent within one symbol sending period is reduced from Q ftn to and the power allocated to each symbol increases accordingly times.
  • the corresponding equivalent channel capacity C is:
  • B ftn is the signal bandwidth
  • ES is the symbol power
  • N 0 is the noise power
  • the obtained number of main diagonal elements can calculate by itself according to the ⁇ (inclusion relationship) in the indicated shaping filter coefficients, so no indication is required.
  • a value may be specified by the sending side (second communication device) At this time, it needs to be indicated to the first communication device in the downlink message.
  • the second communication device may send a 1-bit indication to switch the SVD precoding method between the SVD method and the improved SVD method provided in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the method also includes:
  • channel measurement for demodulation by the first communication device may be implemented by existing technology, for example, obtain a channel by measuring a downlink reference channel, and then use ZF/MMSE equalization to remove ISI.
  • the first communication device only needs to know the parameters of the precoded FTN signal generated by the second communication device.
  • the precoded FTN signal generation parameters may be uniquely determined by any set of the following parameters:
  • the implementation of the shaping filter is usually a few optional values, which are stipulated by the protocol and can be represented by an index lookup table;
  • shaping filters need not be indicated if they are uniquely determined by the protocol.
  • the first communication device may receive second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix, where the second communication device may indicate the first index or The first parameter indicates an equivalent channel matrix; wherein, the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in an equivalent channel matrix table, and the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
  • the method also includes:
  • the first communication device may receive third indication information sent by the second communication device, and the first communication device may determine the current precoding manner based on the third indication information.
  • the second communication device may select different precoding methods (for example, different methods of SVD, GMD, and UCD) according to different scenarios, and the first communication device needs to know this information to select a correct equalization matrix. Therefore, the second communication device may send ⁇ precoding mode ⁇ (third indication information) to the receiver side.
  • different precoding methods for example, different methods of SVD, GMD, and UCD
  • the second communication device determines the precoding manner, it may be determined based on protocol pre-definition, or pre-set by the system.
  • Figure 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, it is a broadcast plus unicast precoding FTN parameter indication method.
  • the base station broadcasts an optional precoding FTN signal generation parameter table and the precoding method used, and then uses a dedicated (dedicated) RRC to notify each UE (first communication device) of a specific index.
  • FIG. 10 is the second schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • channel information is required for configuration of relevant parameters of the FTN signal, precoding at the sending side, and equalization at the receiving side.
  • an uplink measurement scheme can be used.
  • FIG. 11 is the third schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , channel information is required for configuration of relevant parameters of the FTN signal, precoding at the sending side, and equalization at the receiving side. When there is no channel reciprocity, a downlink measurement scheme can be used.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • Fig. 12 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 12, the method includes:
  • Step 1200 the second communication device precodes the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
  • Step 1210 the second communication device performs super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal
  • Step 1220 the second communication device transmits the second signal
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first communication device may be the receiving side;
  • the second communication device may be the sending side
  • the first communication device may be a terminal, and the second communication device may be a network-side device.
  • Uplink may mean sending by the receiving side and receiving by the sending side; downlink means sending by the sending side and receiving by the receiving side.
  • time-domain output-input relationship of the signal can be written as a matrix expression:
  • Y HX+N; wherein, Y may be the time-domain sampling point of the first signal received by the first communication device, and X may be the time-domain sampling point of the second signal sent by the second communication device, wherein H is a channel matrix , N is the noise vector.
  • the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Tune FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and perform Equivalent Channel Equalizer on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature amplitude demodulation.
  • FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Tune FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and perform Equivalent Channel Equalizer on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature amplitude demodulation.
  • this embodiment of the present application may significantly reduce the complexity of the first communication device (receiving end).
  • the precoding in Scheme 2 needs to be adjusted in time according to the dynamic changes of the channel, which may be difficult to apply in the fast fading scenario.
  • additional signaling overhead may be introduced.
  • the first communication device may send an uplink reference signal, and the second communication device may perform channel estimation, calculate a precoding matrix, generate and send a Precoded-FTN signal.
  • the first communication device also needs to use the precoding matrix to receive, that is, the first communication device also needs to obtain information related to channel equalization, that is, channel parameters or the precoding matrix at the sending side.
  • the first communication device has two options:
  • the second communication device notifies the first communication device of information related to channel equalization.
  • the first communication device uses the downlink reference signal in the sent data to perform channel measurement, and calculates the precoding matrix by itself.
  • the first communication device may process the first signal received from the second communication device based on an equalization matrix to obtain the target signal; wherein the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first communication device determines based on the equivalent channel matrix, or the equalization matrix is determined by the second communication device based on the equivalent channel matrix and then indicated to the first communication device.
  • this embodiment of the present application proposes that the second communication device performs preprocessing (precoding) on the original first modulation symbol according to the predicted equivalent channel information, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side. , to achieve the purpose of reducing the complexity of the detection algorithm at the receiving side.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the second communication device may determine a precoding matrix based on an equivalent channel matrix
  • the second communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
  • the second communication device When the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the D matrix is the second upper triangular matrix.
  • the embodiment of the present application can use the GMD method to realize precoding, which is equivalent to that when each sample point data is transmitted on a subchannel corresponding to a unitary matrix column vector, it is affected by the channel gain whose size is the value of the corresponding main diagonal element. And receive interference from other symbols.
  • the benefit of the GMD approach is that the decomposed sub-channel gains are the same (that is, the values of the main diagonal elements of the D matrix are approximately equal).
  • the second communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
  • P is the precoding matrix
  • R 1 is the first intermediate matrix
  • Q 1 H is the equalization matrix
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
  • the second communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the UCD method can be extended by introducing a channel matrix, which increases the number of decomposed equivalent sub-channels.
  • the advantages of the channel power allocation of the SVD mode and the channel gain balance of the GMD mode are integrated.
  • the precoding matrix of UCD adopts Constructed, where V is the right unitary matrix of SVD, ⁇ is a diagonal matrix obtained by power injection according to the D matrix of SVD, and ⁇ is a semi-unitary matrix constructed according to the UCD method in literature [1].
  • the equalization matrix of UCD is Q H , given by Get it.
  • the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
  • the first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • a semi-unitary matrix ⁇ can be constructed.
  • the semi-unitary matrix ⁇ can be a certain fixed matrix, which can be the first communication device or What the second communication device indicates to the communication peer after it is constructed may also be predefined by the protocol or preset by the system.
  • the precoding matrix in the UCD matrix decomposition method can be determined based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • the method also includes:
  • the first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix
  • R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
  • the extended channel matrix can be constructed according to F and QR decomposition can be obtained and thus obtain Furthermore, the equalization matrix Q 2 H can be obtained directly.
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
  • the second communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the column vectors of the unitary matrix are eigenvectors; and the D matrix is a diagonal matrix, and the diagonal elements are eigenvalues. Therefore, using the SVD method for precoding is equivalent to that when each sample data is transmitted on a sub-channel corresponding to a certain eigenvector, it is only affected by the channel gain of the corresponding eigenvalue without inter-symbol interference. At the same time, the SVD method can use power allocation to achieve a balance between channel capacity and bit error rate.
  • the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on an SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
  • W is a precoding matrix
  • M is a diagonal matrix
  • Q 3 H is the equalization matrix
  • the method also includes:
  • the second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel, the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, and the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter .
  • the equivalent channel matrix can be determined by the following matrix:
  • the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter denoted as G.
  • the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter denoted as G H ;
  • the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel is denoted as H.
  • the equivalent channel matrix H eq GHGH H ; wherein, G is the third time-domain channel matrix, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix.
  • FIG. 7 is the second schematic diagram of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 7 shows the FTN equivalent channel. It may be called an E2E (end to end, end-to-end) equivalent channel.
  • the second communication device may first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as QAM modulation (QAM modulation), to obtain a first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device may be based on The precoding matrix is used to perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol to obtain the symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on the symbols to be transmitted, including Up sampling and pulse shaping Pulse shaping, obtaining a time-domain sampling point of the second signal; and then the second communication device may send the time-domain sampling point of the second signal.
  • QAM modulation QAM modulation
  • Pre-coding precoding
  • Pre-coding precoding
  • the second communication device can perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on the symbols to be transmitted, including Up sampling and pulse shaping Pulse shaping, obtaining a time-domain sampling point of the second signal
  • the second communication device may send the time-domain sampling point of the second signal.
  • the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Tune FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and perform Equivalent Channel Equalizer on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature amplitude demodulation.
  • FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Tune FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and perform Equivalent Channel Equalizer on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature amplitude demodulation.
  • this embodiment of the present application may significantly reduce the complexity of the first communication device (receiving end).
  • the precoding in Scheme 2 needs to be adjusted in time according to the dynamic changes of the channel, which may be difficult to apply in the fast fading scenario.
  • additional signaling overhead may be introduced.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second communications device may first obtain current physical channel quality information, and then determine the first time-domain channel matrix based on the current physical channel quality information.
  • channel information is required for the configuration of relevant parameters of the FTN signal, precoding at the sending side, and equalization at the receiving side.
  • an uplink measurement scheme can be used.
  • the downlink measurement scheme can be used.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter and the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter.
  • the equivalent channel matrix can be determined by the following matrix:
  • the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter denoted as G.
  • the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter is denoted as G H .
  • the equivalent channel matrix Heq GG H ; wherein, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and G is the third time-domain channel matrix.
  • FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 5 shows the FTN equivalent channel.
  • the first communication device can first use the known channel information to perform channel equalization on the symbol samples to be processed (time-domain sample points Y of the first signal), so as to remove/reduce the noise caused by the physical channel H. path interference.
  • Fig. 6 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as shown in Fig. 6, the flow of scheme one: the second communication device can first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as QAM modulation (QAM modulation) , to obtain the first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device can perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can perform pre-coding on the symbols to be transmitted Qwest FTN mapping, including Up sampling and Pulse shaping, to obtain time-domain sampling points of the second signal; then the second communication device may send the time-domain sampling points of the second signal.
  • QAM modulation QAM modulation
  • Pre-coding precoding
  • the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform channel equalization on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Channel EqualizerFTN, and then FTN demodulation FTN demapping can be performed, including Matched filtering, and FTN equalization FTN Equalizer is performed on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature Amplitude demodulation.
  • Channel EqualizerFTN FTN demodulation FTN demapping
  • FTN equalization FTN Equalizer is performed on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature Amplitude demodulation.
  • the time-domain sampling points of the first signal processed by matched filtering can be sent to the FTN demodulator, and firstly use the unitary matrix in the precoding process to linearly equalize the effect of the FTN equivalent channel, and further remove The ISI brought by the FTN equivalent channel; then sent to the decision device for symbol detection.
  • the above process can be regarded as a cascaded connection of an equalizer in a traditional communication system and a detector of a precoded FTN signal.
  • the block diagram of the cascaded system is shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the advantage of Solution 1 is that the channel information can be transparent to the sending side (second communication device), and the receiving side (first communication device) can use the reference signal sent by the sending side (second communication device) to perform channel measurement, It is directly used for equalization processing on the receiving side (first communication device), and does not require the receiving side (first communication device) to feedback channel information in the process, reducing signaling interaction overhead between transceivers.
  • the transmission of the second signal by the second communication device includes:
  • the second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+ ⁇ sub-channels of the physical channel
  • the ⁇ is the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter.
  • the optimal method can be to perform power water injection, that is, to allocate more subchannels with greater channel gain. can increase the channel capacity and sacrifice the bit error rate of sub-channels with weak channel gain, which may cause the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to never be correctly demodulated;
  • a method similar to reverse power water injection can be used to allocate more transmit power to sub-channels with smaller channel gains, which can improve the weaker
  • the performance of the bit error rate on the sub-channels enables the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to be demodulated with a lower bit error rate, but this sacrifices energy utilization efficiency and reduces the total channel capacity.
  • the improved SVD method provided by the embodiment of the present application can comprehensively consider the channel capacity and bit error rate.
  • the second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+ ⁇ sub-channels of the physical channel, including:
  • the power allocation matrix (the third power allocation matrix ⁇ 2 ) generated by the inverse power water filling criterion can be used to balance the gains of the selected sub-channels within the 1+ ⁇ sub-channels,
  • the symbols transmitted in each subchannel are guaranteed to have approximate BER performance. Therefore, the corresponding precoding operation can be: in, The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and in, is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, K is the FTN overlap coefficient, and 1+ ⁇ K.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second communication device indicates the equivalent channel matrix to the first communication device through the second indication information.
  • channel measurement for demodulation by the first communication device may be implemented by existing technology, for example, obtain a channel by measuring a downlink reference channel, and then use ZF/MMSE equalization to remove ISI.
  • the first communication device only needs to know the parameters of the precoded FTN signal generated by the second communication device.
  • the precoded FTN signal generation parameters may be uniquely determined by any set of the following parameters:
  • the realization of the shaping filter is usually a few optional values, which are specified by the protocol and can be expressed by index lookup table;
  • shaping filters need not be indicated if they are uniquely determined by the protocol.
  • the first communication device may receive second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix.
  • the second communication device may indicate the equivalent channel matrix by indicating the first index or the first parameter; wherein, the first index is used to indicate the first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, and the first parameter is used to determine The equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
  • the instruction information includes:
  • a first index where the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, where the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix;
  • the second communication device may indicate the equivalent channel matrix by indicating the first index or the first parameter; wherein, the first index is used to indicate the first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, and the first parameters are used to determine the equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
  • the precoded FTN signal generation parameters may be uniquely determined by any set of parameters below:
  • the method also includes:
  • the second communication device indicates the precoding mode to the first communication device by using the third indication information.
  • the first communication device may receive third indication information sent by the second communication device, and the first communication device may determine the current precoding manner based on the third indication information.
  • the second communication device can select different precoding methods (such as different methods of SVD, GMD, and UCD) according to different scenarios, and the first communication device needs to know this information to select the correct equalization matrix. Therefore, the second communication device may send ⁇ precoding mode ⁇ (third indication information) to the receiver side.
  • different precoding methods such as different methods of SVD, GMD, and UCD
  • the second communication device determines the precoding manner, it may be determined based on protocol pre-definition, or pre-set by the system.
  • Figure 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, it is a broadcast plus unicast precoding FTN parameter indication method.
  • the second communication device is a base station
  • the base station broadcasts an optional precoding FTN signal generation parameter table and the precoding method used, and then uses (dedicated) RRC to notify each UE (first communication device) of the specific index.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information.
  • the second communication device may determine the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information;
  • the second communication device when the second communication device determines the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix through the first indication information to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by a data transmission device, or a control module in the data transmission device for executing the data transmission method.
  • the data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the data transmission method performed by the data transmission device as an example.
  • Figure 13 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figure 13, including: a first receiving module 1310, and a first processing module 1320; wherein:
  • the first receiving module 1310 is configured to receive a first signal
  • the first processing module 1320 is configured to process the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal
  • the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the data transmission device may receive the first signal through the first receiving module 1310; then, based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix, process the first signal through the first processing module 1320 to obtain the target signal.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the device also includes at least one of the following:
  • a matrix decomposition module configured for the first communication device to perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix
  • a matrix acquiring module configured for the first communication to acquire the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • P is a precoding matrix
  • R 1 is a first intermediate matrix
  • Q 1 H is the equalization matrix
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 1 is the first signal
  • Y 1 HX 1 +N
  • N is noise
  • X 1 is the second signal sent by the second communication device
  • X 1 PS
  • S is the first modulation before precoding Symbol
  • H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • the first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix
  • R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 2 is the first signal
  • Y 2 HX 2 +N
  • X 2 FS.
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
  • W is a precoding matrix
  • M is a diagonal matrix
  • Q 3 H is the equalization matrix
  • the first processing module is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 3 is the first signal
  • Y 3 HX 3 +N
  • X 3 FS
  • ⁇ 1 is the second power allocation matrix
  • the second power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication equipment.
  • the first processing module is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 4 is the first signal
  • Y 4 HX 4 +N
  • ⁇ 2 is a third power allocation matrix
  • the third power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication device, wherein, The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and in, is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, and K is the FTN overlap coefficient.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix.
  • the device also includes:
  • the third receiving module is configured to receive third indication information sent by the second communication device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the precoding mode.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • FIG. 14 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , it includes: a precoding module 1410, a mapping module 1420, and a transmission module 1430; where:
  • the precoding module 1410 is configured to precode the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
  • the mapping module 1420 is configured to perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal
  • the transmission module 1430 is configured to transmit the second signal
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the data transmission device may determine a precoding matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, and perform precoding on the first modulation symbol through the precoding module 1410 to obtain symbols to be transmitted; and then transmit the second signal through the transmission module 1430 .
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the device also includes:
  • a matrix decomposition module configured to perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is used for:
  • the second communication device When the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is used for:
  • P is the precoding matrix
  • R 1 is the first intermediate matrix
  • Q 1 H is the equalization matrix
  • the matrix decomposition module is used for:
  • the second communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is used for:
  • the first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • the device also includes:
  • a first determining module configured to determine the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix
  • the matrix decomposition module is used for:
  • the second communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • the matrix decomposition module is used for:
  • W is a precoding matrix
  • M is a diagonal matrix
  • Q 3 H is the equalization matrix
  • the device also includes:
  • the second determination module is used to determine the equivalent channel based on the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel, the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, and the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter matrix.
  • the equivalent channel matrix H eq GHGH H ; wherein, G is the third time-domain channel matrix, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix.
  • the device also includes:
  • the third determining module is configured to determine the first time-domain channel matrix based on current physical channel quality information.
  • the device also includes:
  • the fourth determining module is configured to determine the equivalent channel matrix based on the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter and the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter.
  • the equivalent channel matrix Heq GG H ; wherein, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and G is the third time-domain channel matrix.
  • the transmission module is used for:
  • the ⁇ is the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter.
  • the transmission module is used for:
  • the device also includes:
  • the first indication module is configured to indicate the equivalent channel matrix to the first communication device through the second indication information.
  • the instruction information includes:
  • a first index where the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, where the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix;
  • the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
  • the device also includes:
  • the second indicating module is configured to indicate the precoding mode to the first communication device through third indicating information.
  • the device also includes:
  • the third indication module is configured to indicate the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the data transmission device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or may be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiments in FIG. 4 to FIG. 11 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1500, including a processor 1501, a memory 1502, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 1502 and operable on the processor 1501, for example, the communication
  • the device 1500 is a terminal
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501
  • each process of the above data transmission method embodiment can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 1500 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501, each process of the above data transmission method embodiment can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal
  • the second communication device may be a network side device.
  • the first communication device may be a network side device, and the second communication device may be a terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to: receive a first signal; the processor is used to: process the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal; wherein , the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • This communication device embodiment corresponds to the communication device side method embodiment above, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above method embodiment can be applied to this communication device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 16 is one of the schematic diagrams of the hardware structure of the communication device implementing the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1600 includes, but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1601, a network module 1602, an audio output unit 1603, an input unit 1604, a sensor 1605, a display unit 1606, a user input unit 1607, an interface unit 1608, a memory 1609, and a processor 1610, etc. at least some of the components.
  • the communication device 1600 can also include a power supply (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 1610 through the power management system, so that the management of charging, discharging, and function can be realized through the power management system. Consumption management and other functions.
  • a power supply such as a battery
  • the structure of the communication device shown in FIG. 16 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the input unit 1604 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 16041 and a microphone 16042, and the graphics processor 16041 is used for the image capture device (such as the image data of the still picture or video obtained by the camera) for processing.
  • the display unit 1606 may include a display panel 16061, and the display panel 16061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 1607 includes a touch panel 16071 and other input devices 16072 . Touch panel 16071, also called touch screen.
  • the touch panel 16071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 16072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
  • the radio frequency unit 1601 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and processes it to the processor 1610; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 1601 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the memory 1609 can be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 1609 may mainly include a program or instruction storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program or instruction storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like.
  • the memory 1609 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory, wherein the nonvolatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • flash memory for example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid-state storage device.
  • the processor 1610 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1610 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs or instructions, etc., Modem processors mainly handle wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1610 .
  • processor 1610 is used for:
  • the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • processor 1610 is also used for at least one of the following:
  • the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix
  • the first communication obtains the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • P is a precoding matrix
  • R 1 is a first intermediate matrix
  • Q 1 H is the equalization matrix
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 1 is the first signal
  • Y 1 HX 1 +N
  • N is noise
  • X 1 is the second signal sent by the second communication device
  • X 1 PS
  • S is the first modulation before precoding Symbol
  • H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • the first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix
  • R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 2 is the first signal
  • Y 2 HX 2 +N
  • X 2 FS.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • W is a precoding matrix
  • M is a diagonal matrix
  • Q 3 H is the equalization matrix
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 3 is the first signal
  • Y 3 HX 3 +N
  • X 3 FS
  • ⁇ 1 is the second power allocation matrix
  • the second power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication equipment.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is
  • the first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
  • Y 4 is the first signal
  • Y 4 HX 4 +N
  • ⁇ 2 is a third power allocation matrix
  • the third power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication device, wherein, The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and in, is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, and K is the FTN overlap coefficient.
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • processor 1610 is also used for:
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is used for:
  • precoding the first modulation symbol Based on the precoding matrix, precoding the first modulation symbol to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
  • the network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 17 is the second schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device implementing the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1700 includes: an antenna 1701 , a radio frequency device 1702 , and a baseband device 1703 .
  • the antenna 1701 is connected to the radio frequency device 1702 .
  • the radio frequency device 1702 receives information through the antenna 1701, and sends the received information to the baseband device 1703 for processing.
  • the baseband device 1703 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 1702
  • the radio frequency device 1702 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 1701 .
  • the foregoing frequency band processing apparatus may be located in the baseband apparatus 1703 , and the method performed by the communication device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband apparatus 1703 , and the baseband apparatus 1703 includes a processor 1704 and a memory 1705 .
  • the baseband device 1703 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, and the baseband board is provided with a plurality of chips, as shown in FIG.
  • the baseband device 1703 may further include a network interface 1706, configured to exchange information with the radio frequency device 1702, such as a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI for short).
  • a common public radio interface common public radio interface, CPRI for short.
  • the communication device in the embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1705 and operable on the processor 1704, and the processor 1704 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1705 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 14 method, and achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
  • processor 1704 is used for:
  • precoding the first modulation symbol Based on the precoding matrix, precoding the first modulation symbol to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device When the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • P is the precoding matrix
  • R 1 is the first intermediate matrix
  • Q 1 H is the equalization matrix
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix ⁇
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix
  • R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • W is a precoding matrix
  • M is a diagonal matrix
  • Q 3 H is the equalization matrix
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel, the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, and the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter .
  • the equivalent channel matrix H eq GHGH H ; wherein, G is the third time-domain channel matrix, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter and the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter.
  • the equivalent channel matrix Heq GG H ; wherein, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and G is the third time-domain channel matrix.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+ ⁇ sub-channels of the physical channel
  • the ⁇ is the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device indicates the equivalent channel matrix to the first communication device through the second indication information.
  • the instruction information includes:
  • a first index where the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, where the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix;
  • the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device indicates the precoding mode to the first communication device by using the third indication information.
  • processor 1704 is also used for:
  • the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information.
  • the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, each process of the above data transmission method embodiment is realized, and the same To avoid repetition, the technical effects will not be repeated here.
  • the processor is the processor in the communication device described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above data transmission method embodiment
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above data transmission method embodiment
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
  • the term “comprising”, “comprising” or any other variation thereof is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or apparatus comprising a set of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed, or elements inherent in the process, method, article, or device. Without further limitations, an element defined by the phrase “comprising a " does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus comprising that element.
  • the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions are performed, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Cable Transmission Systems, Equalization Of Radio And Reduction Of Echo (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a data transmission method and apparatus, a communication device, and a storage medium. The data transmission method in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a first communication device receiving a first signal; and the first communication device processing the first signal on the basis of an equalization matrix, so as to obtain a target signal, wherein the equalization matrix is determined on the basis of an equivalent channel matrix.

Description

数据传输方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质Data transmission method, device, communication device and storage medium
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求于2021年5月18日提交的申请号为2021105414003,发明名称为“数据传输方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其通过引用方式全部并入本申请。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 2021105414003 filed on May 18, 2021, and the title of the invention is "data transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium", which is fully incorporated by reference into this application .
技术领域technical field
本申请属于通信技术领域,具体涉及一种数据传输方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质。The present application belongs to the technical field of communication, and in particular relates to a data transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
超奈奎斯特(Faster-than-Nyquist,FTN)系统中,发射机中各个符号的间隔远远小于奈奎斯特传输的最小间隔,因此造成了相邻数据之间的彼此重叠,即码间干扰(Inter-Symbol Interference,ISI);由此导致了FTN系统中接收机必须采用白化滤波器和最大似然序列检测(Maximum likehood sequence estimation,MLSE)算法来消除这种ISI。In the Faster-than-Nyquist (FTN) system, the interval of each symbol in the transmitter is much smaller than the minimum interval of Nyquist transmission, thus causing adjacent data to overlap each other, that is, the code Inter-Symbol Interference (ISI); As a result, the receiver in the FTN system must use a whitening filter and a maximum likelihood sequence detection (Maximum likelihood sequence estimation, MLSE) algorithm to eliminate this ISI.
MLSE虽然是理论最优的接收机算法,但是其复杂度与调制阶数和重叠层数呈指数增长关系;即接收机的算法复杂度较高,硬件设计难以实现,尤其对于对成本和功耗有更严苛要求的终端设备,影响了FTN技术的工程应用。Although MLSE is the theoretically optimal receiver algorithm, its complexity has an exponential growth relationship with the modulation order and the number of overlapping layers; that is, the algorithm complexity of the receiver is high, and hardware design is difficult to implement, especially for cost and power consumption. Terminal equipment with more stringent requirements affects the engineering application of FTN technology.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质,能够解决FTN系统接收机算法过于复杂的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, device, communication device, and storage medium, which can solve the problem of an overly complex receiver algorithm in an FTN system.
第一方面,提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, a data transmission method is provided, the method comprising:
第一通信设备接收第一信号;the first communication device receives the first signal;
第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;The first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第二方面,提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:In a second aspect, a data transmission method is provided, the method comprising:
第二通信设备基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;The second communication device precodes the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
所述第二通信设备对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;The second communication device performs super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
所述第二通信设备传输所述第二信号;the second communication device transmits the second signal;
其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第三方面,提供了一种数据传输装置,该装置包括:In a third aspect, a data transmission device is provided, which includes:
第一接收模块,用于接收第一信号;a first receiving module, configured to receive a first signal;
第一处理模块,用于基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;A first processing module, configured to process the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第四方面,提供了一种数据传输装置,该装置包括:In a fourth aspect, a data transmission device is provided, which includes:
预编码模块,用于基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;A precoding module, configured to precode the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
映射模块,用于对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;A mapping module, configured to perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
传输模块,用于传输所述第二信号;a transmission module, configured to transmit the second signal;
其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第五方面,提供了一种通信设备,该终端包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, and the program or instruction is executed by the processor When realizing the steps of the method as described in the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于:In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used for:
接收第一信号;所述处理器用于:receiving a first signal; the processor is configured to:
基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;Processing the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第七方面,提供了一种通信设备,该网络侧设备包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, the network side device includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, the program or instruction is processed by the implement the steps of the method as described in the second aspect when the controller is executed.
第八方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于:In an eighth aspect, a network side device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is used for:
基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;Based on the precoding matrix, precoding the first modulation symbol to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
映射模块,用于对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;A mapping module, configured to perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
所述通信接口用于:The communication interface is used for:
传输所述第二信号;transmitting the second signal;
其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第九方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。In the ninth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided, and programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium, and when the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or The steps of the method described in the second aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。In a tenth aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method as described in the first aspect steps, or realize the steps of the method as described in the second aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第二方面所述的方法的步骤。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the The steps of the method, or the steps of implementing the method as described in the second aspect.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构图;FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable;
图2是本申请实施例提供的无时域重叠与有时域重叠的信号对比的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a comparison between signals without time domain overlap and time domain overlap provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的FTN的收发处理流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the sending and receiving processing flow of the FTN provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之一;Fig. 4 is one of the schematic flow charts of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的FTN等效信道的示意图之一;Fig. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之二;FIG. 6 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的FTN等效信道的示意图之二;FIG. 7 is the second schematic diagram of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之三;FIG. 8 is the third schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的指示方法的示意图之一;Fig. 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的指示方法的示意图之二;Figure 10 is the second schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的指示方法的示意图之三;Figure 11 is the third schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之四;FIG. 12 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的结构示意图之一;FIG. 13 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的流程示意图之二;Fig. 14 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为实现本申请实施例的通信设备的硬件结构示意图之一;FIG. 16 is one of the schematic diagrams of the hardware structure of the communication device implementing the embodiment of the present application;
图17为实现本申请实施例的通信设备的硬件结构示意图之二。FIG. 17 is a second schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device implementing an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of them. All other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments in this application belong to the protection scope of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使 用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances such that the embodiments of the application are capable of operation in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein and that "first" and "second" distinguish objects. It is usually one category, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, there may be one or more first objects. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims means at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally means that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6 th Generation,6G)通信系统。 It is worth noting that the technology described in the embodiment of this application is not limited to the Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) system, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access, SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the above-mentioned system and radio technology, and can also be used for other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation (6 th Generation, 6G) communication system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的结构图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11也可以称作终端设备或者用户终端(User Equipment,UE),终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)或车载设备(VUE)、行人终端(PUE)等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、手环、耳机、眼镜等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以是基站或核心网,其中,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、 扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、B节点、演进型B节点(eNB)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、WLAN接入点、WiFi节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例,但是并不限定基站的具体类型。FIG. 1 shows a structural diagram of a wireless communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 . Wherein, the terminal 11 can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), Pedestrian Terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, earphones, glasses, etc. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11 . The network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, where a base station may be called a node B, an evolved node B, an access point, a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, WLAN access point, WiFi node, transmission Receiving point (Transmitting Receiving Point, TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only The base station in the NR system is taken as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法及装置进行详细地说明。The data transmission method and device provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below through some embodiments and application scenarios with reference to the accompanying drawings.
首先对以下内容进行说明:First explain the following:
物理资源控制(Radio resource control,RRC);Physical resource control (Radio resource control, RRC);
正交频分复用(Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM);Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM);
奇异值分解(Singular value decomposition,SVD);Singular value decomposition (SVD);
几何平均分解(Geometry mean decomposition,GMD);Geometry mean decomposition (GMD);
均匀通道分解(Uniform channel decomposition,UCD)。Uniform channel decomposition (UCD).
超奈奎斯特(Faster-than-Nyquist,FTN)传输,是目前被认为可以突破奈奎斯特采样速率,进一步逼近信道容量物理极限的一种新型信号处理技术。其衍生技术为X域重叠复用(Overlapped X Division Multiplexing,OVXDM)。OVXDM/FTN技术在时域/频域基于波形编码理论人为引入了码间干扰(Inter-Symbol Interference,ISI)和/或码间干扰(Inter-Code Interference,ICI),从而提高了码元发送速率,增加了等效信道容量。然而,波形编码后的信号对接收机的性能提出了更高的要求,增加了译码算法的复杂度以及硬件的功耗。一般来说,波形编码时的时频域重叠系数越大,即人为引入的ISI和ICI越严重,则接收机侧需要判断的状态数越多,接收算法的复杂度越高。Faster-than-Nyquist (FTN) transmission is currently considered to be a new type of signal processing technology that can break through the Nyquist sampling rate and further approach the physical limit of channel capacity. Its derivative technology is Overlapped X Division Multiplexing (OVXDM). OVXDM/FTN technology artificially introduces Inter-Symbol Interference (ISI) and/or Inter-Code Interference (ICI) based on waveform coding theory in the time domain/frequency domain, thereby increasing the symbol transmission rate , increasing the equivalent channel capacity. However, the waveform-encoded signal puts forward higher requirements on the performance of the receiver, which increases the complexity of the decoding algorithm and the power consumption of the hardware. Generally speaking, the larger the time-frequency domain overlap coefficient during waveform coding, that is, the more serious the artificially introduced ISI and ICI, the more states need to be judged on the receiver side, and the higher the complexity of the receiving algorithm.
在城市里复杂的电磁波传输环境中,由于存在大量的散射、反射和折射面,造成了无线信号经不同路径到达接收天线的时刻不同,即传输的多径效应,不同路径信号造成的。当发送信号的前后符号经过不同路径同时抵达时,或者说,当后一个符号在前一个符号的时延扩展内到达时,即产生了ISI。类似的,在频域上,由于频偏效应,多普勒效应等原因,信号所 在的各个子载波会产生频率上不同程度的偏移,造成原本可能正交的子载波产生重叠,即ICI。上述在信号传输过程中产生的ISI/ICI与发送时采用波形编码引入的ISI/ICI叠加,对接收机的译码能力产生了更高的要求。In the complex electromagnetic wave transmission environment in the city, due to the existence of a large number of scattering, reflection and refraction surfaces, the time when wireless signals arrive at the receiving antenna through different paths is different, that is, the multipath effect of transmission is caused by different path signals. ISI occurs when the preceding and following symbols of a transmitted signal arrive at the same time via different paths, or when the subsequent symbol arrives within the delay spread of the previous symbol. Similarly, in the frequency domain, due to frequency offset effects, Doppler effects, and other reasons, the frequency of each subcarrier where the signal is located will be shifted to different degrees, resulting in the overlap of originally possible orthogonal subcarriers, that is, ICI. The above-mentioned ISI/ICI generated during signal transmission is superimposed with the ISI/ICI introduced by waveform coding during transmission, which imposes higher requirements on the decoding capability of the receiver.
目前在衰落信道下的FTN/重叠时分复用(Overlapped Time Division Multiplexing,OVTDM)系统中,可以通过更加复杂的接收机算法对抗衰落信道。例如利用信道均衡,联合信道译码的迭代算法等方法。但在实际应用中,一方面,实际系统受成本和功耗等条件限制,往往无法采用理想接收机,实现的译码算法复杂度有限,当ISI/ICI超出了一定阈值后,会无法正确译码。同时,接收机的译码复杂度增加时,也会增加能量消耗,不利于终端节能降耗。同时,大量仿真结果表明,FTN/OVTDM系统相对传统OFDM系统的吞吐量优势主要在于高信噪比(Signal Noise Ratio,SNR)区域。在高SNR区域,噪声对接收信号的影响程度相对较小,接收机易于根据已知的FTN/OVTDM的符号间编码的约束关系正确的进行译码,误码率很低。在低SNR区域,噪声对接收信号的影响程度相对较大,破坏了符号间编码的约束关系,使得误码率较高,不如传统的OFDM系统。At present, in the FTN/Overlapped Time Division Multiplexing (OVTDM) system under fading channels, more complex receiver algorithms can be used to combat fading channels. For example, channel equalization, iterative algorithm of joint channel decoding and other methods are used. However, in practical applications, on the one hand, the actual system is often unable to use an ideal receiver due to constraints such as cost and power consumption, and the complexity of the decoding algorithm implemented is limited. When the ISI/ICI exceeds a certain threshold, it will not be able to correctly decode code. At the same time, when the decoding complexity of the receiver increases, energy consumption will also be increased, which is not conducive to energy saving and consumption reduction of the terminal. At the same time, a large number of simulation results show that the throughput advantage of the FTN/OVTDM system over the traditional OFDM system mainly lies in the high Signal Noise Ratio (SNR) region. In the high SNR area, the impact of noise on the received signal is relatively small, and the receiver can easily decode correctly according to the known constraints of FTN/OVTDM inter-symbol coding, and the bit error rate is very low. In the low SNR area, the impact of noise on the received signal is relatively large, which destroys the constraint relationship between symbols and makes the bit error rate higher, which is not as good as the traditional OFDM system.
基于上述原因,在实际系统中,可以通过一些方式,例如利用无线信道的先验信息,利用信道测量结果等,尽量降低接收机算法的复杂度,以利于接收机能供跟踪衰落信道的时变特性,始终保持在最佳的工作状态。Based on the above reasons, in the actual system, the complexity of the receiver algorithm can be reduced as much as possible through some methods, such as using the prior information of the wireless channel, using the channel measurement results, so that the receiver can track the time-varying characteristics of the fading channel , always in the best working condition.
FTN/OVTDM是通过对发送信号进行移位叠加处理(又称波形编码),人为地引入适量ISI和/或ICI一种信号处理方法,其目的是加快码元发送速率,即增加每赫兹每秒(Hz*s)内发送的符号数量。OVXDM包括OVTDM,OVFDM和重叠码分复用技术(Overlapped Code Division Multiplexing,OVCDM),以及OVTDM和重叠频分复用(Overlapped Frequency Division Multiplexing,OVFDM)的组合技术,其全称为Overlapped X-Domain Multiplexing,即X域重叠复用;可以统一用FTN指代。同时,引入的ISI和ICI会增加译码的复杂度,可能造成误码率的提升。然而,通过先进的译码算法可以抑制误码率提升带来的负面效应,综合来看仍然可以通过所述加快码元发送速率的方法提升信道容量。其表达式如下:FTN/OVTDM is a signal processing method that artificially introduces an appropriate amount of ISI and/or ICI by performing shift and superposition processing (also known as waveform coding) on the transmitted signal. The purpose is to speed up the symbol transmission rate, that is, to increase the per second Number of symbols sent in (Hz*s). OVXDM includes OVTDM, OVFDM and Overlapped Code Division Multiplexing (OVCDM), as well as the combined technology of OVTDM and Overlapped Frequency Division Multiplexing (OVFDM), which is called Overlapped X-Domain Multiplexing. That is, X-domain overlapping multiplexing; it can be referred to as FTN uniformly. At the same time, the introduced ISI and ICI will increase the complexity of decoding, which may cause an increase in bit error rate. However, the negative effect brought about by the increase of the bit error rate can be suppressed through the advanced decoding algorithm, and overall, the channel capacity can still be improved through the method of accelerating the symbol sending rate. Its expression is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000001
其中,T Δ=τT,τ∈(0,1),τ为时域重叠系数。特别的,在OVXDM中,取
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000002
因而有
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000003
Wherein, T Δ =τT,τ∈(0,1), and τ is the time domain overlap coefficient. In particular, in OVXDM, take
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000002
Therefore there is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000004
ζ为频域重叠系数。特别的,在OVXDM中,取
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000005
因而有
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000004
ζ is the frequency domain overlap coefficient. In particular, in OVXDM, take
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000005
Therefore there is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000006
图2是本申请实施例提供的无时域重叠与有时域重叠的信号对比的示意图,以图2为例说明ISI的产生。当T=0.8时,即时域波形重叠系数τ=0.8后,经处理后的信号在在各个采样点所在时刻上,携带其他采样点信息的脉冲波形幅度不为零,因此产生了ISI。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a comparison between signals without time domain overlap and time domain overlap provided by an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 2 is taken as an example to illustrate the generation of ISI. When T=0.8, after the overlapping coefficient of the real-time domain waveform τ=0.8, the amplitude of the pulse waveform carrying the information of other sampling points of the processed signal is not zero at the time of each sampling point, so ISI is generated.
假设多径信道的冲激响应函数为h CH(t),则经过信道后的信号可以等效地表示为: Assuming that the impulse response function of the multipath channel is h CH (t), the signal after passing through the channel can be equivalently expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000007
其中
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000008
in
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000008
接收机收到的信号表达式为:The signal expression received by the receiver is:
y(t)=s′(t)+w(t)y(t)=s'(t)+w(t)
(3)(3)
其中w(t)为高斯白噪声。where w(t) is Gaussian white noise.
FTN/OVTDM信号的生成主要有两种方式:1)在单天线系统中,可以通过对信号过采样+成型滤波的方式来等效生成,其效果类似为一个作用于调制级别的卷积编码器;2)在多天线系统中,可以采用更贴近其物理含义的方式来生成,即控制多天线的每个天线振子/端口按照既定的移位叠加原则,依次以T Δ的延迟来发送信号,不同天线振子/端口以不同延迟发送的信号在空口叠加,和信号的采样点之间引入了ISI,形成FTN/OVTDM信号。 There are two main ways to generate FTN/OVTDM signals: 1) In a single-antenna system, it can be equivalently generated by oversampling the signal + shaping filtering, and its effect is similar to a convolutional encoder acting on the modulation level ; 2) In a multi-antenna system, it can be generated in a way that is closer to its physical meaning, that is, to control each antenna element/port of the multi-antenna to send signals sequentially with a delay of T Δ according to the established shift and superposition principle, Signals sent by different antenna elements/ports with different delays are superimposed on the air interface, and ISI is introduced between the sampling points of the signals to form FTN/OVTDM signals.
由于波形编码和多径信道的叠加效应,导致了等效多径数量的增加,以及更加“靠近”的符号间隔和子载波间隔,使得等效的时频域重叠程度 增加。这种时频域重叠程度的增加,在接收端反映为更加严重的ISI和ICI,对接收机的设计提出了挑战。理论性能最优的ML类型接收机的复杂度随着波形重叠程度上升而上升,当{K,N}较大时,硬件无法实现。而固定译码复杂度的快速算法对于较高重叠程度的信号无能为力。Due to the superposition effect of waveform coding and multipath channels, the number of equivalent multipaths increases, and the "closer" symbol spacing and subcarrier spacing increase the equivalent time-frequency domain overlap. The increase in the degree of overlap in the time-frequency domain is reflected in more serious ISI and ICI at the receiving end, which poses challenges to the design of the receiver. The complexity of the ML type receiver with the best theoretical performance increases with the degree of waveform overlap. When {K,N} is large, it cannot be realized by hardware. However, the fast algorithm with fixed decoding complexity can't do anything for signals with a high degree of overlap.
本申请各实施例中,重叠系数为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000009
的FTN信号,等价为重叠层数为K的OVTDM信号。为表达简洁,可以统一用FTN指代FTN/OVTDM为代表的超奈奎斯特信号族。同时,可以采用重叠层数作为表示FTN/OVTDM信号特征的描述方式。
In each embodiment of the present application, the overlap coefficient is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000009
The FTN signal of is equivalent to the OVTDM signal with the number of overlapping layers K. For the sake of brevity, FTN can be used to refer to the super-Nyquist signal family represented by FTN/OVTDM. At the same time, the number of overlapping layers can be used as a description method to represent the characteristics of the FTN/OVTDM signal.
另外,实际系统中,图3是本申请实施例提供的FTN的收发处理流程示意图。如图3所示,其中白化滤波和最大似然序列检测的部分就是和基于奈奎斯特传输的通信系统不同的地方。其中主要有两点区别:发射机中各个符号的间隔远远小于奈奎斯特传输的最小间隔,这样就造成了相邻数据之间的彼此重叠,即ISI;由此导致了接收机必须采用白化滤波器和最大似然序列检测(Maximum likehood sequence estimation,MLSE)算法来消除这种ISI。In addition, in an actual system, FIG. 3 is a schematic flow diagram of the sending and receiving process of the FTN provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the parts of whitening filter and maximum likelihood sequence detection are different from the communication system based on Nyquist transmission. There are two main differences: the interval of each symbol in the transmitter is much smaller than the minimum interval of Nyquist transmission, which causes the overlap between adjacent data, that is, ISI; thus the receiver must use Whitening filter and maximum likelihood sequence detection (Maximum likelihood sequence estimation, MLSE) algorithm to eliminate this ISI.
图3中示例的MLSE虽然是理论最优的接收机算法,但是其复杂度与调制阶数和重叠层数呈指数增长关系,并且对信道估计误差的容忍度很低,因此限制了其实际使用的场景。其后,各种致力于改进性能并降低复杂度的算法陆续被提出,例如基于log-MAP的BCJR算法,达到了逼近MLSE的性能,并且对于衰落信道更加鲁棒;基于启发式(heuristic)的球译码算法等,着眼于降低接收机的复杂度,但是牺牲了性能。而且,这些算法的共同特点是属于非线性检测,其复杂度针对SNR的稳定性不佳,因此在进行硬件设计时需要保证足够的性能(如复杂度)冗余以适应信道变化,因此在减少工程实现的复杂度方面效果并不如理论上理想。Although the MLSE example in Figure 3 is the theoretically optimal receiver algorithm, its complexity has an exponential growth relationship with the modulation order and the number of overlapping layers, and its tolerance to channel estimation errors is very low, thus limiting its practical use scene. Since then, various algorithms dedicated to improving performance and reducing complexity have been proposed one after another, such as the BCJR algorithm based on log-MAP, which achieves performance close to MLSE and is more robust to fading channels; based on heuristic Ball decoding algorithms, etc., focus on reducing the complexity of the receiver, but at the expense of performance. Moreover, the common feature of these algorithms is that they belong to nonlinear detection, and their complexity is not stable for SNR. Therefore, it is necessary to ensure sufficient performance (such as complexity) redundancy to adapt to channel changes when designing hardware. Therefore, in reducing The complexity of engineering implementation is not as good as theoretically ideal.
图4是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之一,如图4所示,该方法包括:Fig. 4 is one of the flow diagrams of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 4, the method includes:
步骤400,第一通信设备接收第一信号; Step 400, the first communication device receives a first signal;
步骤410,第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理, 获得目标信号; Step 410, the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,第一通信设备可以为接收侧;Optionally, the first communication device may be the receiving side;
可选地,第二通信设备可以为发送侧;Optionally, the second communication device may be the sending side;
可选地,第一通信设备可以为终端,第二通信设备可以为网络侧设备,上行可以表示由接收侧发送,发送侧接收;下行表示由发送侧发送,接收侧接收。Optionally, the first communication device may be a terminal, and the second communication device may be a network-side device. Uplink may mean sending by the receiving side and receiving by the sending side; downlink means sending by the sending side and receiving by the receiving side.
可选地,信号的时域输出输入关系可以写成矩阵化表达式:Y=HX+N;其中,Y可以是第一通信设备接收到的第一信号的时域采样点,X可以是第二通信设备发送的第二信号的时域采样点,其中H为信道矩阵,N是噪声向量。Optionally, the time-domain output-input relationship of the signal can be written as a matrix expression: Y=HX+N; wherein, Y can be the time-domain sampling point of the first signal received by the first communication device, and X can be the second Time-domain sampling points of the second signal sent by the communication device, where H is a channel matrix, and N is a noise vector.
可选地,等效信道矩阵可以由以下矩阵确定:Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix can be determined by the following matrix:
成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,记作G;和The third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter, denoted as G; and
匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,记作G HThe second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter is denoted as G H .
可选地,用于计算预编码矩阵的等效信道为H eq=GG H,图5是本申请实施例提供的FTN等效信道的示意图之一,如图5所示为FTN等效信道。此时,第一通信设备(接收机)可以首先利用已知信道信息对待处理符号样点(第一信号的时域采样点Y)进行信道均衡,以移除/减轻物理信道H带来的多径干扰。 Optionally, the equivalent channel used to calculate the precoding matrix is Heq = GGH . FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 5 shows the FTN equivalent channel. At this time, the first communication device (receiver) can first use the known channel information to perform channel equalization on the symbol samples to be processed (time-domain sample points Y of the first signal), so as to remove/reduce the noise caused by the physical channel H. path interference.
图6是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之二,如图6所示为方案一的流程:第二通信设备可以首先对初始待传输数据进行调制,比如正交振幅调制(Quadrature Amplitude Modulation,QAM),获得第一调制符号,然后第二通信设备可以基于预编码矩阵,对该第一调制符号进行预编码(Pre-coding),获得待传输符号,然后第二通信设备可以对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,包括上采样Up sampling和脉冲成形Pulse shaping,获得第二信号的时域采样点;然后第二通信设备可以发送该第二信号的时域采样点。FIG. 6 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. FIG. 6 shows the flow of scheme one: the second communication device may first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as quadrature amplitude modulation (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation, QAM), to obtain the first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device can perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can treat The transmission symbol is subjected to super-Nyquist FTN mapping, including Up sampling and Pulse shaping, to obtain the time-domain sampling point of the second signal; then the second communication device can send the time-domain sampling point of the second signal.
可选地,第二通信设备发送该第二信号的时域采样点后,第一通信设 备可以接收到第一信号的时域采样点,然后可以对第一信号的时域采样点进行信道均衡(Channel Equalizer)FTN,然后可以进行FTN解调(FTN demapping),包括匹配滤波(Matched filtering),以及基于均衡矩阵对第一信号的时域采样点进行FTN均衡(FTN Equalizer),获得目标信号的时域采样点,然后进行正交振幅解调。Optionally, after the second communication device sends the time-domain sampling point of the second signal, the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform channel equalization on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal (Channel Equalizer) FTN, and then perform FTN demodulation (FTN demapping), including matched filtering (Matched filtering), and perform FTN equalization (FTN Equalizer) on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the target signal Time-domain sampling points, followed by quadrature amplitude demodulation.
可选地,匹配滤波处理后的第一信号的时域采样点可以送入FTN解调器,首先再利用预编码处理中的酉矩阵,对FTN等效信道的作用进行线性均衡,进一步移除FTN等效信道带来的ISI;再送入判决器进行符号检测。上述过程可以看作是一个传统通信系统中的均衡器与预编码FTN信号的检测器的级联,所述级联系统的框图如图6所示。Optionally, the time-domain sampling points of the first signal processed by matched filtering can be sent to the FTN demodulator, and firstly use the unitary matrix in the precoding process to linearly equalize the effect of the FTN equivalent channel, and further remove The ISI brought by the FTN equivalent channel; then sent to the decision device for symbol detection. The above process can be regarded as a cascaded connection of an equalizer in a traditional communication system and a detector of a precoded FTN signal. The block diagram of the cascaded system is shown in FIG. 6 .
可选地,方案一的好处是信道信息可以对发送侧(如第二通信设备)透明,接收侧(如第一通信设备)可以利用发送侧(如第二通信设备)发送的参考信号进行信道测量后,直接用于接收侧(如第一通信设备)均衡处理,在流程上不需要接收侧(如第一通信设备)进行信道信息的反馈,减少收发机之间的信令交互开销。Optionally, the advantage of Solution 1 is that the channel information can be transparent to the sending side (such as the second communication device), and the receiving side (such as the first communication device) can use the reference signal sent by the sending side (such as the second communication device) to conduct channel After measurement, it is directly used for equalization processing on the receiving side (such as the first communication device), and the receiving side (such as the first communication device) does not need to perform channel information feedback in the process, reducing signaling interaction overhead between transceivers.
可选地,方案一的问题在于,级联系统中的信道均衡模块,涉及到对信道矩阵求逆的运算,在天线数较多时,以及多径效应较明显时,复杂度较高。Optionally, the problem with Solution 1 is that the channel equalization module in the cascaded system involves the operation of inverting the channel matrix. When the number of antennas is large and the multipath effect is obvious, the complexity is relatively high.
可选地,等效信道矩阵还可以由以下矩阵确定:Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix can also be determined by the following matrix:
成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,记作G;和The third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter, denoted as G; and
匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,记作G H;和 The second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, denoted as G H ; and
物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵,记作H。The first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel is denoted as H.
可选地,用于计算预编码矩阵的等效信道为H eq=GHG H,图7是本申请实施例提供的FTN等效信道的示意图之二,如图7所示为FTN等效信道。可以称为端到端(end to end,E2E)等效信道。 Optionally, the equivalent channel used to calculate the precoding matrix is Heq =GHGH H , and FIG. 7 is the second schematic diagram of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 7 shows the FTN equivalent channel. It may be called an end-to-end (end to end, E2E) equivalent channel.
图8是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之三,如图8所示为方案二的流程:第二通信设备可以首先对初始待传输数据进行调制,比如QAM调制(QAM modulation),获得第一调制符号,然后第二通信 设备可以基于预编码矩阵,对该第一调制符号进行预编码(Pre-coding),获得待传输符号,然后第二通信设备可以对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,包括上采样(Up sampling)和脉冲成形(Pulse shaping),获得第二信号的时域采样点;然后第二通信设备可以发送该第二信号的时域采样点。Fig. 8 is the third schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as shown in Fig. 8, the flow of scheme two: the second communication device can first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as QAM modulation (QAM modulation) , to obtain the first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device can perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can perform pre-coding on the symbols to be transmitted Qwest FTN mapping, including up sampling (Up sampling) and pulse shaping (Pulse shaping), to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the second signal; then the second communication device can send the time-domain sampling points of the second signal.
可选地,第二通信设备发送该第二信号的时域采样点后,第一通信设备可以接收到第一信号的时域采样点,然后可以对第一信号的时域采样点进行FTN解调(FTN demapping),包括匹配滤波(Matched filtering),以及基于均衡矩阵对第一信号的时域采样点进行等效信道均衡(Equivalent Channel Equalizer),获得目标信号的时域采样点,然后进行正交振幅解调。Optionally, after the second communication device sends the time-domain sampling point of the second signal, the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and performing Equivalent Channel Equalizer (Equivalent Channel Equalizer) on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform normal Cross-amplitude demodulation.
可选地,本申请实施例可以使第一通信设备(接收端)复杂度降低较明显。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application may significantly reduce the complexity of the first communication device (receiving end).
可选地,方案二中的预编码时需要根据信道的动态变化及时调整,在快衰落fast fading场景下可能很难应用。另外,为了让第二通信设备(发送侧)获取即时信道信息,进行无论进行上行测量还是下行测量,可以引入额外的信令开销。Optionally, the precoding in Scheme 2 needs to be adjusted in time according to the dynamic changes of the channel, which may be difficult to apply in the fast fading scenario. In addition, in order to allow the second communication device (sending side) to acquire instant channel information and perform uplink measurement or downlink measurement, additional signaling overhead may be introduced.
例如,采用上行测量时,可以由第一通信设备发送上行参考信号,第二通信设备进行信道估计,计算预编码矩阵,生成预编码Precoded-FTN信号并发送。此时,第一通信设备也需要利用预编码矩阵接收,即第一通信设备也需要获取信道均衡相关信息,即信道参数或发送侧的预编码矩阵。此时第一通信设备有两种选择:For example, when uplink measurement is used, the first communication device may send an uplink reference signal, and the second communication device may perform channel estimation, calculate a precoding matrix, generate and send a precoded Precoded-FTN signal. At this time, the first communication device also needs to use the precoding matrix to receive, that is, the first communication device also needs to obtain information related to channel equalization, that is, channel parameters or the precoding matrix at the sending side. At this moment, the first communication device has two options:
由第二通信设备通知第一通信设备信道均衡相关信息。The second communication device notifies the first communication device of information related to channel equalization.
由第一通信设备利用发送数据中的下行参考信号进行信道测量,自行计算预编码矩阵。The first communication device uses the downlink reference signal in the sent data to perform channel measurement, and calculates the precoding matrix by itself.
可选地,第一通信设备可以基于均衡矩阵,对从第二通信设备接收到的第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Optionally, the first communication device may process the first signal received from the second communication device based on an equalization matrix to obtain the target signal; wherein the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第一通信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定的,或者所述均衡矩阵是第二通信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定后指示给第一通信设备的。The first communication device determines based on the equivalent channel matrix, or the equalization matrix is determined by the second communication device based on the equivalent channel matrix and indicated to the first communication device.
可选地,本申请实施例提出了一种在第二通信设备,根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始的第一调制符号进行预先处理(预编码,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,达到减少接收侧检测算法复杂度的目的。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application proposes that the second communication device performs preprocessing (precoding) on the original first modulation symbol according to the predicted equivalent channel information, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side. , to achieve the purpose of reducing the complexity of the detection algorithm at the receiving side.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method also includes at least one of the following:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵;The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix;
所述第一通信基于第二通信设备发送的第一指示信息,获得所述均衡矩阵。The first communication obtains the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
可选地,第一通信设备可以基于等效信道矩阵确定均衡矩阵;Optionally, the first communication device may determine an equalization matrix based on an equivalent channel matrix;
可选地,第一通信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定均衡矩阵时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵;Optionally, when the first communication device determines the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix;
可选地,第二通信设备可以基于等效信道矩阵确定均衡矩阵,然后第二通信设备通过第一指示信息将均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设备的;Optionally, the second communication device may determine the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information;
可选地,第二通信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定均衡矩阵时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,然后第二通信设备通过第一指示信息将均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设备的。Optionally, when the second communication device determines the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix through the first indication information to the first communication device.
可选地,信道矩阵分解,通常是将信道矩阵分解为两个酉矩阵分别左乘和右乘一个中间矩阵的形式,例如A=UDV。利用这个结果的进行预编码的思想,其本质是通过样点数据乘以信道矩阵分解后的酉矩阵中的列向量,从而将该样点投射到该向量对应的子空间,即逻辑上子信道中;该向量对应的中间矩阵主对角线元素即为该子信道的增益。Optionally, the channel matrix is usually decomposed into two unitary matrices that are left-multiplied and right-multiplied by an intermediate matrix, for example, A=UDV. The idea of precoding using this result is essentially to multiply the sample point data by the column vector in the unitary matrix after channel matrix decomposition, so as to project the sample point to the subspace corresponding to the vector, that is, the logical subchannel middle; the main diagonal element of the middle matrix corresponding to the vector is the gain of the subchannel.
可选地,所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:Optionally, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
在确定预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,对于GMD方式,D矩阵为第二上三角矩阵。本申请实施例可以利用GMD方式实现预编码,相当于每个样点数据在某个酉矩阵列向量上对应的子信道上传输时,受到大小为对应主对角线元素值的信道增益影响,并且收到来自其他符号的干扰。Optionally, for the GMD method, the D matrix is the second upper triangular matrix. The embodiment of the present application can use the GMD method to realize precoding, which is equivalent to that when each sample point data is transmitted on a subchannel corresponding to a unitary matrix column vector, it is affected by the channel gain whose size is the value of the corresponding main diagonal element. And receive interference from other symbols.
可选地,GMD方式的好处是分解后的子信道增益相同(即D矩阵的主对角线元素值近似相等)。Optionally, the benefit of the GMD method is that the decomposed sub-channel gains are the same (that is, the values of the main diagonal elements of the D matrix are approximately equal).
可选地,第一通信设备在确定预编码方式是GMD方式后,可以基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。Optionally, after determining that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:Optionally, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
其中,P是预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is a precoding matrix, R 1 is a first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,分解获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P H,即可以获得预编码矩阵P,第一中间矩阵R 1,和均衡矩阵Q 1 HOptionally, when the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the GMD matrix decomposition method, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 , and decompose to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H , the precoding matrix P, the first intermediate matrix R 1 , and the equalization matrix Q 1 H can be obtained.
可选地,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:Optionally, the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 1 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 1 HY 1=R 1S+Q 1 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 1 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 1 H Y 1 =R 1 S+Q 1 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000010
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000010
其中,Y 1是所述第一信号,Y 1=HX 1+N,N为噪声,X 1为第二通信设备 发送的第二信号,X 1=PS,S为预编码前的第一调制符号,H为物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵。 Wherein, Y 1 is the first signal, Y 1 =HX 1 +N, N is noise, X 1 is the second signal sent by the second communication device, X 1 =PS, S is the first modulation before precoding Symbol, H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得均衡矩阵Q 1 H后,可以基于所述均衡矩阵Q 1 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 1 HY 1=R 1S+Q 1 HN; Optionally, after the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix Q 1 H , it may determine the equalized first channel matrix based on the equalization matrix Q 1 H . The signal is Q 1 H Y 1 =R 1 S+Q 1 H N;
可选地,可以采用P作为预编码矩阵。假设原始QAM符号为S,发送符号(第二信号)为X=PS;第一通信设备可以利用均衡矩阵Q 1 H对接收到的第一信号的离散时域采样点进行线性均衡,即Q 1 HY 1=Q 1 HHPS+Q 1 HN=Q 1 HQ 1R 1P HPS+Q 1 HN=R 1S+Q 1 HN; Optionally, P may be used as a precoding matrix. Assume that the original QAM symbol is S, and the transmitted symbol (second signal) is X=PS; the first communication device can use the equalization matrix Q 1 H to linearly equalize the discrete time-domain sampling points of the received first signal, that is, Q 1 H Y 1 =Q 1 H HPS+Q 1 H N=Q 1 H Q 1 R 1 P H PS+Q 1 H N=R 1 S+Q 1 H N;
可选地,利用R的上三角特性,应用SIC接收机可以求得估计样点值
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000012
Optionally, using the upper triangular characteristic of R, the estimated sample point value can be obtained by applying the SIC receiver
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000011
which is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000012
可选地,本申请实施例可以实现利用SIC接收机迭代求解,可以避免R 1 -1的矩阵求逆,复杂度较低。 Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, iterative solution using the SIC receiver can be implemented, which can avoid matrix inversion of R 1 -1 , and has low complexity.
可选地,所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:Optionally, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,UCD方式可以通过引入信道矩阵扩展,增加了分解后等效子信道的数量。综合了SVD方式的信道功率分配和GMD方式的信道增益平衡的好处。UCD的预编码矩阵采用
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000013
构造,其中V是SVD的右侧酉矩阵,Φ是根据SVD的D矩阵进行功率注水得到的对角矩阵,Ω是按照文献[1]中UCD方法构造的半酉矩阵。UCD的均衡矩阵为Q H,由
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000014
求得。
Optionally, the UCD method can be extended by introducing a channel matrix, which increases the number of decomposed equivalent sub-channels. The advantages of the channel power allocation of the SVD mode and the channel gain balance of the GMD mode are integrated. The precoding matrix of UCD adopts
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000013
Constructed, where V is the right unitary matrix of SVD, Φ is a diagonal matrix obtained by power injection according to the D matrix of SVD, and Ω is a semi-unitary matrix constructed according to the UCD method in literature [1]. The equalization matrix of UCD is Q H , given by
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000014
Get it.
可选地,第一通信设备在确定预编码方式是UCD方式后,可以基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。Optionally, after determining that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:Optionally, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵;所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000015
其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix; the second A communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000015
Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000016
The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000016
所述第一通信设备基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HThe first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000017
R 2是第一上三角矩阵。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000017
R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,分解获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是UCD矩阵分解方法中的酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵; Optionally, when the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the UCD matrix decomposition method, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 , and decompose to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where , Λ is the power allocation correlation matrix, V is the unitary matrix in the UCD matrix decomposition method, and U is the second intermediate matrix;
可选地,在获得UCD矩阵分解方法中的酉矩阵V后,可以基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵(注水功率分配矩阵)Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000018
其中λ k为Λ的对角线元素。
Optionally, after obtaining the unitary matrix V in the UCD matrix decomposition method, the first power allocation matrix (water injection power allocation matrix) Φ=diag{φ 1 , φ 2 ,  … can be determined based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ ,φ K }, whose diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000018
Where λ k is the diagonal element of Λ.
可选地,在确定第一功率分配矩阵后,可以构造一个半酉矩阵Ω,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,半酉矩阵Ω可以是一定固定矩阵,可以是第一通信设备或第二通信设备构造后指示给通信对侧的,也可以是协议预定义的或者系统预先设置的。Optionally, after the first power allocation matrix is determined, a semi-unitary matrix Ω can be constructed. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the application, the semi-unitary matrix Ω can be a certain fixed matrix, which can be the first communication device or What the second communication device indicates to the communication peer after it is constructed may also be predefined by the protocol or preset by the system.
可选地,在构造获得半酉矩阵Ω后,可以基于所述酉矩阵V,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定UCD矩阵分解方法中的预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000020
Optionally, after constructing and obtaining the semi-unitary matrix Ω, the precoding matrix in the UCD matrix decomposition method can be determined based on the unitary matrix V, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000020
可选地,在确定UCD矩阵分解方法中的预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000021
后,可以根据F构造扩展信道矩阵并进行QR分解得到
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000022
进而可以获得
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000023
进而可以直接获得均衡矩阵Q 2 H
Optionally, in determining the precoding matrix in the UCD matrix factorization method
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000021
Finally, the extended channel matrix can be constructed according to F and QR decomposition can be obtained
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000022
and thus obtain
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000023
Furthermore, the equalization matrix Q 2 H can be obtained directly.
可选地,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:Optionally, the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 2 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 2 H=R 2S+Q 2 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 2 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 2 H =R 2 S+Q 2 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000024
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000024
其中,Y 2是所述第一信号,Y 2=HX 2+N,X 2=FS。 Wherein, Y 2 is the first signal, Y 2 =HX 2 +N, X 2 =FS.
其中,N为噪声,X 2为第二通信设备发送的第二信号,X 2=FS,S为预编码前的第一调制符号,H为物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵。 Wherein, N is noise, X 2 is the second signal sent by the second communication device, X 2 =FS, S is the first modulation symbol before precoding, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得均衡矩阵Q 2 H后,可以基于所述均衡矩阵Q 2 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 2 H=R 2S+Q 2 HN; Optionally, after the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain an equalization matrix Q 2 H , the equalized first channel may be determined based on the equalization matrix Q 2 H The signal is Q 2 H =R 2 S+Q 2 H N;
可选地,可以采用P作为预编码矩阵。假设原始QAM符号为S,发送符号(第二信号)为X=PS;第一通信设备可以利用均衡矩阵Q 2 H对接收到的第一信号的离散时域采样点进行线性均衡,即
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000025
Optionally, P may be used as a precoding matrix. Assume that the original QAM symbol is S, and the transmitted symbol (second signal) is X=PS; the first communication device can use the equalization matrix Q2H to linearly equalize the discrete time-domain sampling points of the received first signal, namely
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000025
可选地,利用R的上三角特性,应用SIC接收机可以求得估计样点值
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000027
Optionally, using the upper triangular characteristic of R, the estimated sample point value can be obtained by applying the SIC receiver
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000026
which is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000027
可选地,本申请实施例可以实现利用SIC接收机迭代求解,可以避免R -1的矩阵求逆,复杂度较低。 Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, an iterative solution using a SIC receiver can be implemented, which can avoid matrix inversion of R −1 and has low complexity.
可选地,所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:Optionally, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,对于SVD方式,酉矩阵的列向量即为特征向量;而D矩阵为对角矩阵,对角线元素为特征值。因此,利用SVD方式分解进行预编码,相当于每个样点数据在某个特征向量对应的子信道上传输时,仅受到大小为对应特征值的信道增益影响,而无符号间干扰。同时,SVD方式可以利用功率分配来取得信道容量和误码率的平衡。Optionally, for the SVD method, the column vectors of the unitary matrix are eigenvectors; and the D matrix is a diagonal matrix, and the diagonal elements are eigenvalues. Therefore, using the SVD method for precoding is equivalent to that when each sample data is transmitted on a sub-channel corresponding to a certain eigenvector, it is only affected by the channel gain of the corresponding eigenvalue without inter-symbol interference. At the same time, the SVD method can use power allocation to achieve a balance between channel capacity and bit error rate.
可选地,第一通信设备在确定预编码方式是SVD方式后,可以基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。Optionally, after determining that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:Optionally, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,分解获得H eq3=Q 3MW H,即可以获得预编码矩阵W(SVD矩阵分解方法中的酉矩阵),对角矩阵M,以及均衡矩阵Q 3 HOptionally, when the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 , and decompose to obtain Heq3 = Q 3 MW H , the precoding matrix W (the unitary matrix in the SVD matrix decomposition method), the diagonal matrix M, and the equalization matrix Q 3 H can be obtained.
可选地,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:Optionally, the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 3 HY 3=MΣ 1S+Q 3 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 3 H Y 3 =MΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000028
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000028
其中,Y 3是所述第一信号,Y 3=HX 3+N,X 3=FS,Σ 1为第二功率分配矩阵,所述第二功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的。 Wherein, Y 3 is the first signal, Y 3 =HX 3 +N, X 3 =FS, Σ 1 is the second power allocation matrix, and the second power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication equipment.
其中,N为噪声,X 3为第二通信设备发送的第二信号,X 3=FS,S为预编码前的第一调制符号,H为物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵。 Wherein, N is noise, X 3 is the second signal sent by the second communication device, X 3 =FS, S is the first modulation symbol before precoding, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得均衡矩阵Q 3 H后,可以基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 3 HY 3=MΣ 1S+Q 3 HN; Optionally, after the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix Q 3 H , the equalized first channel may be determined based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H The signal is Q 3 H Y 3 =MΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N;
可选地,可以采用P作为预编码矩阵。假设原始QAM符号为S,发送符号(第二信号)为X=PS;第一通信设备可以利用均衡矩阵Q 3 H对接收到的第一信号的离散时域采样点进行线性均衡,即Q 3 HY=Q 3 HHWΣ 1S+Q 3 HN=Q 3 HQ 3MW H1S+Q 3 HN=MΣ 1S+Q 3 HN Optionally, P may be used as a precoding matrix. Assume that the original QAM symbol is S, and the transmitted symbol (second signal) is X=PS; the first communication device can use the equalization matrix Q 3 H to linearly equalize the discrete time-domain sampling points of the received first signal, that is, Q 3 H Y=Q 3 H HWΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N=Q 3 H Q 3 MW H1 S+Q 3 H N=MΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N
可选地,利用R的上三角特性,应用SIC接收机可以求得估计样点值
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000030
Optionally, using the upper triangular characteristic of R, the estimated sample point value can be obtained by applying the SIC receiver
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000030
可选地,接收侧线性均衡后的信道响应矩阵0可以变为对角矩阵,完全消除了FTN信号中的ISI,可以直接进行符号判决,既可以获得Q 3 HY 3=Q 3 HHWS+Q 3 HN=Q 3 HQ 3MW HWS+Q 3 HN=MS+Q 3 HN。 Optionally, the channel response matrix 0 after linear equalization at the receiving side can be changed into a diagonal matrix, which completely eliminates the ISI in the FTN signal, and can directly perform symbol judgment, and can obtain Q 3 H Y 3 =Q 3 H HWS+ Q3HN = Q3HQ3MWHWS + Q3HN = MS + Q3HN .
可选地,接收机侧可以利用一次矩阵乘法既可以完成均衡,复杂度极低。Optionally, the equalization can be completed by one matrix multiplication at the receiver side, and the complexity is extremely low.
可选地,由于SVD后的子信道增益不平衡,还可以按需对各个子信道进行功率分配。因此,可以引入一个功率分配矩阵,即一个对角矩阵Σ 1Optionally, since sub-channel gains after SVD are unbalanced, power allocation may also be performed on each sub-channel as required. Therefore, a power distribution matrix, namely a diagonal matrix Σ 1 , can be introduced.
可选地,出于不同场景的需求,可以采用功率注水准则确定∑以最大化和信道容量,也可以采用功率逆注水准则确定Σ 1以保证增益较差的子信道的性能。加入了Σ 1后的信号输入输出关系为:Q 3 HY=Q 3 HHWΣ 1S+Q 3 HN=Q 3 HQ 3MW H1S+Q 3 HN=MΣ 1S+Q 3 HN Optionally, depending on the requirements of different scenarios, the power water filling criterion can be used to determine Σ to maximize the channel capacity, and the power reverse water filling criterion can also be used to determine Σ 1 to ensure the performance of sub-channels with poor gain. The signal input and output relationship after adding Σ 1 is: Q 3 H Y=Q 3 H HWΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N=Q 3 H Q 3 MW H1 S+Q 3 H N=MΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N
可选地,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:Optionally, the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, including:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000031
The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000031
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000032
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000032
其中,Y 4是所述第一信号,Y 4=HX 4+N,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000033
Σ 2为第三功率分配矩阵,所述第三功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的,其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000034
的长度为Q ftn,Q ftn为所有子信道的数量,且
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000035
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000036
为实际用于传输的子信道的数量,K为FTN重叠系数。
Wherein, Y 4 is the first signal, Y 4 =HX 4 +N,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000033
Σ 2 is a third power allocation matrix, the third power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication device, wherein,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000034
The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000035
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000036
is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, and K is the FTN overlap coefficient.
其中,N为噪声,X 4为第二通信设备发送的第二信号。 Wherein, N is noise, and X 4 is a second signal sent by the second communication device.
可选地,经典SVD方法的问题在于,信道矩阵分解后的M矩阵主对角线元素值不相同,即对应的子信道的增益不同。此时为了兼顾信道容量和误码率,在发送机总功率受限的前提下,如果是以提升信道容量为目的,最优化方法可以是进行功率注水,即为信道增益更大的子信道分配更多的发送功率;可以提升信道容量,牺牲信道增益较弱的子信道的误码率,可能造成在这些子信道上传输的符号永远也无法被正确解调;Optionally, the problem with the classical SVD method is that the values of the main diagonal elements of the M matrix after channel matrix decomposition are different, that is, the gains of the corresponding sub-channels are different. At this time, in order to take into account the channel capacity and bit error rate, under the premise that the total power of the transmitter is limited, if the purpose is to increase the channel capacity, the optimal method can be to perform power water injection, that is, to allocate sub-channels with greater channel gain More transmit power; channel capacity can be increased, sacrificing the bit error rate of sub-channels with weak channel gain, which may cause the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to never be correctly demodulated;
可选地,如果是以保证各个子信道均能达到一定的误码率为目的,可以用类似反功率注水的方法,为信道增益更小的子信道分配更多的发送功率,可以提升较弱子信道上的误码率表现,使得这些子信道上传输的符号也能以较低的误码率被解调,但是这样牺牲了能量的利用效率,使得总的信道容量下降。Optionally, if the purpose is to ensure that each sub-channel can achieve a certain bit error rate, a method similar to reverse power water injection can be used to allocate more transmit power to sub-channels with smaller channel gains, which can improve the weaker The performance of the bit error rate on the sub-channels enables the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to be demodulated with a lower bit error rate, but this sacrifices energy utilization efficiency and reduces the total channel capacity.
为了克服经典SVD方法的弊端,本申请实施例提供的改进的SVD方法可以对信道容量和误码率进行综合考虑。In order to overcome the disadvantages of the classic SVD method, the improved SVD method provided by the embodiment of the present application can comprehensively consider the channel capacity and the bit error rate.
可选地,通过分析等效信道矩阵可知,M矩阵的主对角线元素幅度值的分布存在规律。假设采用的成型滤波器滚降系数为β,则在M矩阵中仅有前1+β个主对角线元素具有较大的幅度值,换言之,只有1+β具有较好信道质量的子信道。因此,为了提高能量利用效率,可以只选择在这1+β个子信道上传输符号;为了兼顾公平性,可以在这1+β个子信道内部,采 用逆功率注水准则生成的功率分配矩阵(第三功率分配矩阵Σ 2),用于平衡选中的各个子信道的增益,保证在各个子信道中传送的符号有近似的误码率性能表现。因此,对应的预编码操作可以是:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000037
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000038
的长度为Q ftn,Q ftn为所有子信道的数量,且
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000039
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000040
为实际用于传输的子信道的数量,K为FTN重叠系数,且1+β<K。
Optionally, by analyzing the equivalent channel matrix, it can be known that there is a law in the distribution of the amplitude values of the main diagonal elements of the M matrix. Assuming that the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter used is β, only the first 1+β main diagonal elements in the M matrix have larger amplitude values, in other words, only 1+β subchannels with better channel quality . Therefore, in order to improve energy utilization efficiency, you can only choose to transmit symbols on these 1+β sub-channels; in order to take into account the fairness, you can use the power allocation matrix generated by the inverse power water filling rule in these 1+β sub-channels (the third The power allocation matrix Σ 2 ) is used to balance the gains of the selected sub-channels to ensure that the symbols transmitted in each sub-channel have similar BER performance. Therefore, the corresponding precoding operation can be:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000037
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000038
The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000039
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000040
is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, K is the FTN overlap coefficient, and 1+β<K.
可选地,为了子信道的增益相同,此时取Σ 2=M -1。此时接收侧经均衡后的信号为:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000041
Optionally, for the gain of the sub-channels to be the same, Σ 2 =M −1 is taken at this time. At this time, the equalized signal on the receiving side is:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000041
可选地,本申请实施例中在一个符号发送周期的时间内发送的符号数由Q ftn降低为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000042
而分配到每个符号上的功率则相应增加了
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000043
倍。对应的等效信道容量C为:
Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the number of symbols sent within one symbol sending period is reduced from Q ftn to
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000042
and the power allocated to each symbol increases accordingly
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000043
times. The corresponding equivalent channel capacity C is:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000044
其中B ftn为信号带宽,E S为符号功率,N 0为噪声功率。 Among them, B ftn is the signal bandwidth, ES is the symbol power, and N 0 is the noise power.
可选地,本实施例中,所取得主对角线元素数量
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000045
第一通信设备可以根据已指示的成型滤波器系数中的β(包含关系)自行计算,因此不需要指示。
Optionally, in this embodiment, the obtained number of main diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000045
The first communication device can calculate by itself according to the β (inclusion relationship) in the indicated shaping filter coefficients, so no indication is required.
可选地,在一些场景下,比如不需要高发送速率的场景,可以由发送侧(第二通信设备)指定一个取值
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000046
此时需要在下行消息中指示给第一通信设备。
Optionally, in some scenarios, such as scenarios that do not require a high sending rate, a value may be specified by the sending side (second communication device)
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000046
At this time, it needs to be indicated to the first communication device in the downlink message.
可选地,第二通信设备可以发送一个1bit的指示,使SVD预编码方法在前述实施例提供的SVD方法和改进的SVD方法中切换。Optionally, the second communication device may send a 1-bit indication to switch the SVD precoding method between the SVD method and the improved SVD method provided in the foregoing embodiments.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
接收第二通信设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述等效信道矩阵。receiving second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,在H eq=GG H时,第一通信设备解调的信道测量可以由现有技术实现,例如通过测量下行参考信道获得信道,然后利用ZF/MMSE均衡去除ISI。此时,第一通信设备只需要知道第二通信设备生成预编码FTN信号的参数。所述预编码FTN信号生成参数可以由以下任意一组参数唯一确定: Optionally, when Heq =GG H , channel measurement for demodulation by the first communication device may be implemented by existing technology, for example, obtain a channel by measuring a downlink reference channel, and then use ZF/MMSE equalization to remove ISI. At this time, the first communication device only needs to know the parameters of the precoded FTN signal generated by the second communication device. The precoded FTN signal generation parameters may be uniquely determined by any set of the following parameters:
{上采样次数,成型滤波器系数};{number of upsampling, shaping filter coefficients};
{FTN重叠层数,成型滤波器系}。{FTN overlapping layers, shaping filter series}.
可选地,为了减少硬件实现的复杂度,成型滤波器的实现通常为少数几种可选值,由协议规定,可以通过索引查表表示;Optionally, in order to reduce the complexity of hardware implementation, the implementation of the shaping filter is usually a few optional values, which are stipulated by the protocol and can be represented by an index lookup table;
可选地,成型滤波器如果由协议唯一确定,则不需要指示。Optionally, shaping filters need not be indicated if they are uniquely determined by the protocol.
可选地,第一通信设备可以接收第二通信设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述等效信道矩阵,其中,第二通信设备可以通过指示第一索引或第一参数来指示等效信道矩阵;其中,所述第一索引用于指示等效信道矩阵表中的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述等效信道矩阵。Optionally, the first communication device may receive second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix, where the second communication device may indicate the first index or The first parameter indicates an equivalent channel matrix; wherein, the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in an equivalent channel matrix table, and the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,所述第一参数包括成型滤波器系数和以下至少一项:Optionally, the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
上采样次数;Upsampling times;
FTN重叠系数。FTN overlap factor.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
接收第二通信设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述预编码方式。receiving third indication information sent by the second communication device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the precoding manner.
可选地,第一通信设备可以接收第二通信设备发送的第三指示信息,第一通信设备可以基于第三指示信息确定当前的预编码方式。Optionally, the first communication device may receive third indication information sent by the second communication device, and the first communication device may determine the current precoding manner based on the third indication information.
可选地,第二通信设备可以根据场景不同选择不同的预编码方式(例如SVD,GMD,UCD的不同方法),第一通信设备需要知道这个信息以选用正确的均衡矩阵。因此,第二通信设备可以发送{预编码方式}(第三指示信息)给接收机侧。Optionally, the second communication device may select different precoding methods (for example, different methods of SVD, GMD, and UCD) according to different scenarios, and the first communication device needs to know this information to select a correct equalization matrix. Therefore, the second communication device may send {precoding mode} (third indication information) to the receiver side.
可选地,第二通信设备确定预编码方式时,可以基于协议预定义确定, 或者系统预先设置。Optionally, when the second communication device determines the precoding manner, it may be determined based on protocol pre-definition, or pre-set by the system.
图9是本申请实施例提供的指示方法的示意图之一,如图9所示,是广播加单播的预编码FTN参数指示方法,当第二通信设备为基站时,为减少多用户下的信令开销,一种实现形式是基站广播可选的预编码FTN信号生成参数表,和所用的预编码方式,然后用专用(dedicated)RRC通知各UE(第一通信设备)具体的索引。Figure 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, it is a broadcast plus unicast precoding FTN parameter indication method. When the second communication device is a base station, in order to reduce the multi-user For signaling overhead, one implementation form is that the base station broadcasts an optional precoding FTN signal generation parameter table and the precoding method used, and then uses a dedicated (dedicated) RRC to notify each UE (first communication device) of a specific index.
图10是本申请实施例提供的指示方法的示意图之二,如图10所示,FTN信号的相关参数配置与发送侧的预编码和接收侧的均衡都需要利用信道信息。当存在信道互易性时,可以采用上行测量方案。FIG. 10 is the second schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , channel information is required for configuration of relevant parameters of the FTN signal, precoding at the sending side, and equalization at the receiving side. When channel reciprocity exists, an uplink measurement scheme can be used.
图11是本申请实施例提供的指示方法的示意图之三,如图11所示,FTN信号的相关参数配置与发送侧的预编码和接收侧的均衡都需要利用信道信息。当不存在信道互易性时,可以采用下行测量方案。FIG. 11 is the third schematic diagram of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , channel information is required for configuration of relevant parameters of the FTN signal, precoding at the sending side, and equalization at the receiving side. When there is no channel reciprocity, a downlink measurement scheme can be used.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
图12是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之四,如图12所示,该方法包括:Fig. 12 is the fourth schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 12, the method includes:
步骤1200,第二通信设备基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号; Step 1200, the second communication device precodes the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
步骤1210,所述第二通信设备对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号; Step 1210, the second communication device performs super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
步骤1220,所述第二通信设备传输所述第二信号; Step 1220, the second communication device transmits the second signal;
其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,第一通信设备可以为接收侧;Optionally, the first communication device may be the receiving side;
可选地,第二通信设备可以为发送侧;Optionally, the second communication device may be the sending side;
可选地,第一通信设备可以为终端,第二通信设备可以为网络侧设备, 上行可以表示由接收侧发送,发送侧接收;下行表示由发送侧发送,接收侧接收。Optionally, the first communication device may be a terminal, and the second communication device may be a network-side device. Uplink may mean sending by the receiving side and receiving by the sending side; downlink means sending by the sending side and receiving by the receiving side.
可选地,信号的时域输出输入关系可以写成矩阵化表达式:Optionally, the time-domain output-input relationship of the signal can be written as a matrix expression:
Y=HX+N;其中,Y可以是第一通信设备接收到的第一信号的时域采样点,X可以是第二通信设备发送的第二信号的时域采样点,其中H为信道矩阵,N是噪声向量。Y=HX+N; wherein, Y may be the time-domain sampling point of the first signal received by the first communication device, and X may be the time-domain sampling point of the second signal sent by the second communication device, wherein H is a channel matrix , N is the noise vector.
可选地,第二通信设备发送该第二信号的时域采样点后,第一通信设备可以接收到第一信号的时域采样点,然后可以对第一信号的时域采样点进行FTN解调FTN demapping,包括匹配滤波Matched filtering,以及基于均衡矩阵对第一信号的时域采样点进行等效信道均衡Equivalent Channel Equalizer,获得目标信号的时域采样点,然后进行正交振幅解调。Optionally, after the second communication device sends the time-domain sampling point of the second signal, the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Tune FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and perform Equivalent Channel Equalizer on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature amplitude demodulation.
可选地,本申请实施例可以使第一通信设备(接收端)复杂度降低较明显。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application may significantly reduce the complexity of the first communication device (receiving end).
可选地,方案二中的预编码时需要根据信道的动态变化及时调整,在快衰落fast fading场景下可能很难应用。另外,为了让第二通信设备(发送侧)获取即时信道信息,进行无论进行上行测量还是下行测量,可以引入额外的信令开销。Optionally, the precoding in Scheme 2 needs to be adjusted in time according to the dynamic changes of the channel, which may be difficult to apply in the fast fading scenario. In addition, in order to allow the second communication device (sending side) to acquire instant channel information and perform uplink measurement or downlink measurement, additional signaling overhead may be introduced.
例如,采用上行测量时,可以由第一通信设备发送上行参考信号,第二通信设备进行信道估计,计算预编码矩阵,生成Precoded-FTN信号并发送。此时,第一通信设备也需要利用预编码矩阵接收,即第一通信设备也需要获取信道均衡相关信息,即信道参数或发送侧的预编码矩阵。此时第一通信设备有两种选择:For example, when uplink measurement is used, the first communication device may send an uplink reference signal, and the second communication device may perform channel estimation, calculate a precoding matrix, generate and send a Precoded-FTN signal. At this time, the first communication device also needs to use the precoding matrix to receive, that is, the first communication device also needs to obtain information related to channel equalization, that is, channel parameters or the precoding matrix at the sending side. At this moment, the first communication device has two options:
由第二通信设备通知第一通信设备信道均衡相关信息。The second communication device notifies the first communication device of information related to channel equalization.
由第一通信设备利用发送数据中的下行参考信号进行信道测量,自行计算预编码矩阵。The first communication device uses the downlink reference signal in the sent data to perform channel measurement, and calculates the precoding matrix by itself.
可选地,第一通信设备可以基于均衡矩阵,对从第二通信设备接收到的第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Optionally, the first communication device may process the first signal received from the second communication device based on an equalization matrix to obtain the target signal; wherein the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
第一通信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定的,或者所述均衡矩阵是第二通 信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定后指示给第一通信设备的。The first communication device determines based on the equivalent channel matrix, or the equalization matrix is determined by the second communication device based on the equivalent channel matrix and then indicated to the first communication device.
可选地,本申请实施例提出了一种在第二通信设备,根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始的第一调制符号进行预先处理(预编码,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,达到减少接收侧检测算法复杂度的目的。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application proposes that the second communication device performs preprocessing (precoding) on the original first modulation symbol according to the predicted equivalent channel information, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side. , to achieve the purpose of reducing the complexity of the detection algorithm at the receiving side.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。The second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,第二通信设备可以基于等效信道矩阵确定预编码矩阵;Optionally, the second communication device may determine a precoding matrix based on an equivalent channel matrix;
可选地,第二通信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定预编码矩阵时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。Optionally, when determining the precoding matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, the second communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:Optionally, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
在预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,对于GMD方式,D矩阵为第二上三角矩阵。本申请实施例可以利用GMD方式实现预编码,相当于每个样点数据在某个酉矩阵列向量上对应的子信道上传输时,受到大小为对应主对角线元素值的信道增益影响,并且收到来自其他符号的干扰。Optionally, for the GMD method, the D matrix is the second upper triangular matrix. The embodiment of the present application can use the GMD method to realize precoding, which is equivalent to that when each sample point data is transmitted on a subchannel corresponding to a unitary matrix column vector, it is affected by the channel gain whose size is the value of the corresponding main diagonal element. And receive interference from other symbols.
可选地,GMD方式的好处是分解后的子信道增益相同(即D矩阵的主对角线元素值近似相等)。Optionally, the benefit of the GMD approach is that the decomposed sub-channel gains are the same (that is, the values of the main diagonal elements of the D matrix are approximately equal).
可选地,第二通信设备在确定预编码方式是GMD方式后,可以基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。Optionally, after determining that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述第二通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:Optionally, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
其中,P是所述预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is the precoding matrix, R 1 is the first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,分解获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P H,即可以获得预编码矩阵P,第一中间矩阵R 1,和均衡矩阵Q 1 HOptionally, when the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the GMD matrix decomposition method, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 , and decompose to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H , the precoding matrix P, the first intermediate matrix R 1 , and the equalization matrix Q 1 H can be obtained.
可选地,所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:Optionally, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,UCD方式可以通过引入信道矩阵扩展,增加了分解后等效子信道的数量。综合了SVD方式的信道功率分配和GMD方式的信道增益平衡的好处。UCD的预编码矩阵采用
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000047
构造,其中V是SVD的右侧酉矩阵,Φ是根据SVD的D矩阵进行功率注水得到的对角矩阵,Ω是按照文献[1]中UCD方法构造的半酉矩阵。UCD的均衡矩阵为Q H,由
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000048
求得。
Optionally, the UCD method can be extended by introducing a channel matrix, which increases the number of decomposed equivalent sub-channels. The advantages of the channel power allocation of the SVD mode and the channel gain balance of the GMD mode are integrated. The precoding matrix of UCD adopts
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000047
Constructed, where V is the right unitary matrix of SVD, Φ is a diagonal matrix obtained by power injection according to the D matrix of SVD, and Ω is a semi-unitary matrix constructed according to the UCD method in literature [1]. The equalization matrix of UCD is Q H , given by
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000048
Get it.
可选地,第一通信设备在确定预编码方式是UCD方式后,可以基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。Optionally, after determining that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述第二通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:Optionally, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩 阵; The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix;
所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000049
其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
The first communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000049
Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000050
The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000050
可选地,在第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,分解获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是UCD矩阵分解方法中的酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵; Optionally, when the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the UCD matrix decomposition method, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 , and decompose to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where , Λ is the power allocation correlation matrix, V is the unitary matrix in the UCD matrix decomposition method, and U is the second intermediate matrix;
可选地,在获得UCD矩阵分解方法中的酉矩阵V后,可以基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵(注水功率分配矩阵)Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000051
其中λ k为Λ的对角线元素。
Optionally, after obtaining the unitary matrix V in the UCD matrix decomposition method, the first power allocation matrix (water injection power allocation matrix) Φ=diag{φ 1 , φ 2 ,  … can be determined based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ ,φ K }, whose diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000051
Where λ k is the diagonal element of Λ.
可选地,在确定第一功率分配矩阵后,可以构造一个半酉矩阵Ω,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,半酉矩阵Ω可以是一定固定矩阵,可以是第一通信设备或第二通信设备构造后指示给通信对侧的,也可以是协议预定义的或者系统预先设置的。Optionally, after the first power allocation matrix is determined, a semi-unitary matrix Ω can be constructed. It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the application, the semi-unitary matrix Ω can be a certain fixed matrix, which can be the first communication device or What the second communication device indicates to the communication peer after it is constructed may also be predefined by the protocol or preset by the system.
可选地,在构造获得半酉矩阵Ω后,可以基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定UCD矩阵分解方法中的预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000053
Optionally, after constructing and obtaining the semi-unitary matrix Ω, the precoding matrix in the UCD matrix decomposition method can be determined based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000053
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
所述第一通信设备基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HThe first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000054
R 2是第一上三角矩阵。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000054
R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
可选地,在确定UCD矩阵分解方法中的预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000055
后,可 以根据F构造扩展信道矩阵并进行QR分解得到
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000056
进而可以获得
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000057
进而可以直接获得均衡矩阵Q 2 H
Optionally, in determining the precoding matrix in the UCD matrix factorization method
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000055
Finally, the extended channel matrix can be constructed according to F and QR decomposition can be obtained
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000056
and thus obtain
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000057
Furthermore, the equalization matrix Q 2 H can be obtained directly.
可选地,所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:Optionally, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,对于SVD方式,酉矩阵的列向量即为特征向量;而D矩阵为对角矩阵,对角线元素为特征值。因此,利用SVD方式分解进行预编码,相当于每个样点数据在某个特征向量对应的子信道上传输时,仅受到大小为对应特征值的信道增益影响,而无符号间干扰。同时,SVD方式可以利用功率分配来取得信道容量和误码率的平衡。Optionally, for the SVD method, the column vectors of the unitary matrix are eigenvectors; and the D matrix is a diagonal matrix, and the diagonal elements are eigenvalues. Therefore, using the SVD method for precoding is equivalent to that when each sample data is transmitted on a sub-channel corresponding to a certain eigenvector, it is only affected by the channel gain of the corresponding eigenvalue without inter-symbol interference. At the same time, the SVD method can use power allocation to achieve a balance between channel capacity and bit error rate.
可选地,第一通信设备在确定预编码方式是SVD方式后,可以基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。Optionally, after determining that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on an SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述第二通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:Optionally, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,在第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,分解获得H eq3=Q 3MW H,即可以获得预编码矩阵W(SVD矩阵分解方法中的酉矩阵),对角矩阵M,以及均衡矩阵Q 3 HOptionally, when the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 , and decompose to obtain Heq3 = Q 3 MW H , the precoding matrix W (the unitary matrix in the SVD matrix decomposition method), the diagonal matrix M, and the equalization matrix Q 3 H can be obtained.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
所述第二通信设备基于物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵、匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵、和成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,确 定所述等效信道矩阵。The second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel, the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, and the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter .
可选地,等效信道矩阵可以由以下矩阵确定:Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix can be determined by the following matrix:
成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,记作G;和The third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter, denoted as G; and
匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,记作G H;和 The second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, denoted as G H ; and
物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵,记作H。The first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel is denoted as H.
可选地,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GHG H;其中,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,H为所述第一时域信道矩阵。 Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix H eq =GHGH H ; wherein, G is the third time-domain channel matrix, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix.
可选地,用于计算预编码矩阵的等效信道为H eq=GHG H,图7是本申请实施例提供的FTN等效信道的示意图之二,如图7所示为FTN等效信道。可以称为E2E(end to end,端到端)等效信道。 Optionally, the equivalent channel used to calculate the precoding matrix is Heq =GHGH H , and FIG. 7 is the second schematic diagram of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 7 shows the FTN equivalent channel. It may be called an E2E (end to end, end-to-end) equivalent channel.
可选地,如图8所示为方案二的流程:第二通信设备可以首先对初始待传输数据进行调制,比如QAM调制(QAM modulation),获得第一调制符号,然后第二通信设备可以基于预编码矩阵,对该第一调制符号进行预编码(Pre-coding),获得待传输符号,然后第二通信设备可以对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,包括上采样Up sampling和脉冲成形Pulse shaping,获得第二信号的时域采样点;然后第二通信设备可以发送该第二信号的时域采样点。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 8 is the process of scheme two: the second communication device may first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as QAM modulation (QAM modulation), to obtain a first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device may be based on The precoding matrix is used to perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol to obtain the symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on the symbols to be transmitted, including Up sampling and pulse shaping Pulse shaping, obtaining a time-domain sampling point of the second signal; and then the second communication device may send the time-domain sampling point of the second signal.
可选地,第二通信设备发送该第二信号的时域采样点后,第一通信设备可以接收到第一信号的时域采样点,然后可以对第一信号的时域采样点进行FTN解调FTN demapping,包括匹配滤波Matched filtering,以及基于均衡矩阵对第一信号的时域采样点进行等效信道均衡Equivalent Channel Equalizer,获得目标信号的时域采样点,然后进行正交振幅解调。Optionally, after the second communication device sends the time-domain sampling point of the second signal, the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform FTN solution on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Tune FTN demapping, including Matched filtering, and perform Equivalent Channel Equalizer on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature amplitude demodulation.
可选地,本申请实施例可以使第一通信设备(接收端)复杂度降低较明显。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application may significantly reduce the complexity of the first communication device (receiving end).
可选地,方案二中的预编码时需要根据信道的动态变化及时调整,在快衰落fast fading场景下可能很难应用。另外,为了让第二通信设备(发送侧)获取即时信道信息,进行无论进行上行测量还是下行测量,可以引入额外的信令开销。Optionally, the precoding in Scheme 2 needs to be adjusted in time according to the dynamic changes of the channel, which may be difficult to apply in the fast fading scenario. In addition, in order to allow the second communication device (sending side) to acquire instant channel information and perform uplink measurement or downlink measurement, additional signaling overhead may be introduced.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
基于当前物理信道质量信息,确定所述第一时域信道矩阵。Determine the first time-domain channel matrix based on current physical channel quality information.
可选地,第二通信设备可以首先获得当前物理信道质量信息,然后基于当前物理信道质量信息,确定所述第一时域信道矩阵。Optionally, the second communications device may first obtain current physical channel quality information, and then determine the first time-domain channel matrix based on the current physical channel quality information.
如图10所示,FTN信号的相关参数配置与发送侧的预编码和接收侧的均衡都需要利用信道信息。当存在信道互易性时,可以采用上行测量方案。如图11所示,当不存在信道互易性时,可以采用下行测量方案。As shown in Figure 10, channel information is required for the configuration of relevant parameters of the FTN signal, precoding at the sending side, and equalization at the receiving side. When channel reciprocity exists, an uplink measurement scheme can be used. As shown in Figure 11, when there is no channel reciprocity, the downlink measurement scheme can be used.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二通信设备基于成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵和匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,确定所述等效信道矩阵。The second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter and the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter.
可选地,等效信道矩阵可以由以下矩阵确定:Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix can be determined by the following matrix:
成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,记作G;和The third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter, denoted as G; and
匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,记作G HThe second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter is denoted as G H .
可选地,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GG H;其中,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵。 Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix Heq =GG H ; wherein, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and G is the third time-domain channel matrix.
可选地,用于计算预编码矩阵的等效信道为H eq=GG H,图5是本申请实施例提供的FTN等效信道的示意图之一,如图5所示为FTN等效信道。此时,第一通信设备(接收机)可以首先利用已知信道信息对待处理符号样点(第一信号的时域采样点Y)进行信道均衡,以移除/减轻物理信道H带来的多径干扰。 Optionally, the equivalent channel used to calculate the precoding matrix is Heq = GGH . FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of the FTN equivalent channel provided by the embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 5 shows the FTN equivalent channel. At this time, the first communication device (receiver) can first use the known channel information to perform channel equalization on the symbol samples to be processed (time-domain sample points Y of the first signal), so as to remove/reduce the noise caused by the physical channel H. path interference.
图6是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的流程示意图之二,如图6所示为方案一的流程:第二通信设备可以首先对初始待传输数据进行调制,比如QAM调制(QAM modulation),获得第一调制符号,然后第二通信设备可以基于预编码矩阵,对该第一调制符号进行预编码(Pre-coding),获得待传输符号,然后第二通信设备可以对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,包括上采样Up sampling和脉冲成形Pulse shaping,获得第二信号的时域采样点;然后第二通信设备可以发送该第二信号的时域采样点。Fig. 6 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as shown in Fig. 6, the flow of scheme one: the second communication device can first modulate the initial data to be transmitted, such as QAM modulation (QAM modulation) , to obtain the first modulation symbol, and then the second communication device can perform precoding (Pre-coding) on the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted, and then the second communication device can perform pre-coding on the symbols to be transmitted Qwest FTN mapping, including Up sampling and Pulse shaping, to obtain time-domain sampling points of the second signal; then the second communication device may send the time-domain sampling points of the second signal.
可选地,第二通信设备发送该第二信号的时域采样点后,第一通信设 备可以接收到第一信号的时域采样点,然后可以对第一信号的时域采样点进行信道均衡Channel EqualizerFTN,然后可以进行FTN解调FTN demapping,包括匹配滤波Matched filtering,以及基于均衡矩阵对第一信号的时域采样点进行FTN均衡FTN Equalizer,获得目标信号的时域采样点,然后进行正交振幅解调。Optionally, after the second communication device sends the time-domain sampling point of the second signal, the first communication device may receive the time-domain sampling point of the first signal, and then perform channel equalization on the time-domain sampling point of the first signal Channel EqualizerFTN, and then FTN demodulation FTN demapping can be performed, including Matched filtering, and FTN equalization FTN Equalizer is performed on the time-domain sampling points of the first signal based on the equalization matrix to obtain the time-domain sampling points of the target signal, and then perform quadrature Amplitude demodulation.
可选地,匹配滤波处理后的第一信号的时域采样点可以送入FTN解调器,首先再利用预编码处理中的酉矩阵,对FTN等效信道的作用进行线性均衡,进一步移除FTN等效信道带来的ISI;再送入判决器进行符号检测。上述过程可以看作是一个传统通信系统中的均衡器与预编码FTN信号的检测器的级联,所述级联系统的框图如图6所示。Optionally, the time-domain sampling points of the first signal processed by matched filtering can be sent to the FTN demodulator, and firstly use the unitary matrix in the precoding process to linearly equalize the effect of the FTN equivalent channel, and further remove The ISI brought by the FTN equivalent channel; then sent to the decision device for symbol detection. The above process can be regarded as a cascaded connection of an equalizer in a traditional communication system and a detector of a precoded FTN signal. The block diagram of the cascaded system is shown in FIG. 6 .
可选地,方案一的好处是信道信息可以对发送侧(第二通信设备)透明,接收侧(第一通信设备)可以利用发送侧(第二通信设备)发送的参考信号进行信道测量后,直接用于接收侧(第一通信设备)均衡处理,在流程上不需要接收侧(第一通信设备)进行信道信息的反馈,减少收发机之间的信令交互开销。Optionally, the advantage of Solution 1 is that the channel information can be transparent to the sending side (second communication device), and the receiving side (first communication device) can use the reference signal sent by the sending side (second communication device) to perform channel measurement, It is directly used for equalization processing on the receiving side (first communication device), and does not require the receiving side (first communication device) to feedback channel information in the process, reducing signaling interaction overhead between transceivers.
可选地,所述第二通信设备传输所述第二信号,包括:Optionally, the transmission of the second signal by the second communication device includes:
所述第二通信设备在物理信道的1+β个子信道传输所述第二信号;The second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+β sub-channels of the physical channel;
其中,所述β为所述成型滤波器的滚降系数。Wherein, the β is the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter.
为了兼顾信道容量和误码率,在发送机总功率受限的前提下,如果是以提升信道容量为目的,最优化方法可以是进行功率注水,即为信道增益更大的子信道分配更多的发送功率;可以提升信道容量,牺牲信道增益较弱的子信道的误码率,可能造成在这些子信道上传输的符号永远也无法被正确解调;In order to take into account both channel capacity and bit error rate, under the premise that the total power of the transmitter is limited, if the purpose is to increase the channel capacity, the optimal method can be to perform power water injection, that is, to allocate more subchannels with greater channel gain. can increase the channel capacity and sacrifice the bit error rate of sub-channels with weak channel gain, which may cause the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to never be correctly demodulated;
可选地,如果是以保证各个子信道均能达到一定的误码率为目的,可以用类似反功率注水的方法,为信道增益更小的子信道分配更多的发送功率,可以提升较弱子信道上的误码率表现,使得这些子信道上传输的符号也能以较低的误码率被解调,但是这样牺牲了能量的利用效率,使得总的信道容量下降。Optionally, if the purpose is to ensure that each sub-channel can achieve a certain bit error rate, a method similar to reverse power water injection can be used to allocate more transmit power to sub-channels with smaller channel gains, which can improve the weaker The performance of the bit error rate on the sub-channels enables the symbols transmitted on these sub-channels to be demodulated with a lower bit error rate, but this sacrifices energy utilization efficiency and reduces the total channel capacity.
为了克服经典SVD方法的弊端,本申请实施例提供的改进的SVD方 法可以对信道容量和误码率进行综合考虑。In order to overcome the disadvantages of the classic SVD method, the improved SVD method provided by the embodiment of the present application can comprehensively consider the channel capacity and bit error rate.
可选地,通过分析等效信道矩阵可知,M矩阵的主对角线元素幅度值的分布存在规律。假设采用的成型滤波器滚降系数为β,则在M矩阵中仅有前1+β个主对角线元素具有较大的幅度值,换言之,只有1+β具有较好信道质量的子信道。因此,为了提高能量利用效率,可以只选择在这1+β个子信道上传输符号;Optionally, by analyzing the equivalent channel matrix, it can be known that there is a law in the distribution of amplitude values of the main diagonal elements of the M matrix. Assuming that the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter used is β, only the first 1+β main diagonal elements in the M matrix have larger amplitude values, in other words, only 1+β subchannels with better channel quality . Therefore, in order to improve energy utilization efficiency, you can only choose to transmit symbols on these 1+β sub-channels;
可选地,所述第二通信设备在物理信道的1+β个子信道传输所述第二信号,包括:Optionally, the second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+β sub-channels of the physical channel, including:
基于第三功率分配矩阵,确定映射在所述1+β个子信道中每一个子信道的第二信号。Based on the third power allocation matrix, determine the second signal mapped to each subchannel in the 1+β subchannels.
可选地,为了兼顾公平性,可以在这1+β个子信道内部,采用逆功率注水准则生成的功率分配矩阵(第三功率分配矩阵Σ 2),用于平衡选中的各个子信道的增益,保证在各个子信道中传送的符号有近似的误码率性能表现。因此,对应的预编码操作可以是:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000058
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000059
的长度为Q ftn,Q ftn为所有子信道的数量,且
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000060
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000061
为实际用于传输的子信道的数量,K为FTN重叠系数,且1+β<K。
Optionally, in order to take into account fairness, the power allocation matrix (the third power allocation matrix Σ 2 ) generated by the inverse power water filling criterion can be used to balance the gains of the selected sub-channels within the 1+β sub-channels, The symbols transmitted in each subchannel are guaranteed to have approximate BER performance. Therefore, the corresponding precoding operation can be:
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000058
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000059
The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000060
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000061
is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, K is the FTN overlap coefficient, and 1+β<K.
可选地,其中,所述方法还包括:Optionally, wherein the method also includes:
第二通信设备通过第二指示信息,将所述等效信道矩阵指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the equivalent channel matrix to the first communication device through the second indication information.
可选地,在H eq=GG H时,第一通信设备解调的信道测量可以由现有技术实现,例如通过测量下行参考信道获得信道,然后利用ZF/MMSE均衡去除ISI。此时,第一通信设备只需要知道第二通信设备生成预编码FTN信号的参数。所述预编码FTN信号生成参数可以由以下任意一组参数唯一确定: Optionally, when Heq =GG H , channel measurement for demodulation by the first communication device may be implemented by existing technology, for example, obtain a channel by measuring a downlink reference channel, and then use ZF/MMSE equalization to remove ISI. At this time, the first communication device only needs to know the parameters of the precoded FTN signal generated by the second communication device. The precoded FTN signal generation parameters may be uniquely determined by any set of the following parameters:
{上采样次数,成型滤波器系数};{number of upsampling, shaping filter coefficients};
{FTN重叠层数,成型滤波器系}。{FTN overlapping layers, shaping filter series}.
可选地,为了减少硬件实现的复杂度,成型滤波器的实现通常为少数 几种可选值,由协议规定,可以通过索引查表表示;Optionally, in order to reduce the complexity of hardware implementation, the realization of the shaping filter is usually a few optional values, which are specified by the protocol and can be expressed by index lookup table;
可选地,成型滤波器如果由协议唯一确定,则不需要指示。Optionally, shaping filters need not be indicated if they are uniquely determined by the protocol.
可选地,第一通信设备可以接收第二通信设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述等效信道矩阵。第二通信设备可以通过指示第一索引或第一参数来指示等效信道矩阵;其中,所述第一索引用于指示等效信道矩阵表中的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述等效信道矩阵。Optionally, the first communication device may receive second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix. The second communication device may indicate the equivalent channel matrix by indicating the first index or the first parameter; wherein, the first index is used to indicate the first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, and the first parameter is used to determine The equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,所述第一参数包括成型滤波器系数和以下至少一项:Optionally, the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
上采样次数;Upsampling times;
FTN重叠系数。FTN overlap factor.
可选地,所述指示信息包括:Optionally, the instruction information includes:
第一索引,所述第一索引用于指示等效信道矩阵表中的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述等效信道矩阵;A first index, where the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, where the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix;
第一参数。first parameter.
可选地,第二通信设备可以通过指示第一索引或第一参数来指示等效信道矩阵;其中,所述第一索引用于指示等效信道矩阵表中的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述等效信道矩阵。Optionally, the second communication device may indicate the equivalent channel matrix by indicating the first index or the first parameter; wherein, the first index is used to indicate the first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, and the first parameters are used to determine the equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,所述第一参数包括成型滤波器系数和以下至少一项:Optionally, the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
上采样次数;Upsampling times;
FTN重叠系数。FTN overlap factor.
可选地,预编码FTN信号生成参数可以由以下任意一组参数唯一确定:Optionally, the precoded FTN signal generation parameters may be uniquely determined by any set of parameters below:
{上采样次数,成型滤波器系数};{number of upsampling, shaping filter coefficients};
{FTN重叠层数,成型滤波器系}。{FTN overlapping layers, shaping filter series}.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二通信设备通过第三指示信息,将所述预编码方式指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the precoding mode to the first communication device by using the third indication information.
可选地,可选地,第一通信设备可以接收第二通信设备发送的第三指示信息,第一通信设备可以基于第三指示信息确定当前的预编码方式。Optionally, optionally, the first communication device may receive third indication information sent by the second communication device, and the first communication device may determine the current precoding manner based on the third indication information.
可选地,第二通信设备可以根据场景不同选择不同的预编码方式(例 如SVD,GMD,UCD的不同方法),第一通信设备需要知道这个信息以选用正确的均衡矩阵。因此,第二通信设备可以发送{预编码方式}(第三指示信息)给接收机侧。Optionally, the second communication device can select different precoding methods (such as different methods of SVD, GMD, and UCD) according to different scenarios, and the first communication device needs to know this information to select the correct equalization matrix. Therefore, the second communication device may send {precoding mode} (third indication information) to the receiver side.
可选地,第二通信设备确定预编码方式时,可以基于协议预定义确定,或者系统预先设置。Optionally, when the second communication device determines the precoding manner, it may be determined based on protocol pre-definition, or pre-set by the system.
图9是本申请实施例提供的指示方法的示意图之一,如图9所示,是广播加单播的预编码FTN参数指示方法,当第二通信设备为基站时,为减少多用户下的信令开销,一种实现形式是基站广播可选的预编码FTN信号生成参数表,和所用的预编码方式,然后用(dedicated)RRC通知各UE(第一通信设备)具体的索引。Figure 9 is one of the schematic diagrams of the indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, it is a broadcast plus unicast precoding FTN parameter indication method. When the second communication device is a base station, in order to reduce the multi-user Signaling overhead, one implementation form is that the base station broadcasts an optional precoding FTN signal generation parameter table and the precoding method used, and then uses (dedicated) RRC to notify each UE (first communication device) of the specific index.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
第二通信设备通过第一指示信息,将所述均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information.
可选地,第二通信设备可以基于等效信道矩阵确定均衡矩阵,然后第二通信设备通过第一指示信息将均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设备的;Optionally, the second communication device may determine the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information;
可选地,第二通信设备基于等效信道矩阵确定均衡矩阵时,可以对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,然后第二通信设备通过第一指示信息将均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设备的。Optionally, when the second communication device determines the equalization matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, it may perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, and then the second communication device indicates the equalization matrix through the first indication information to the first communication device.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,执行主体可以为数据传输装置,或者,该数据传输装置中的用于执行数据传输的方法的控制模块。本申请实施例中以数据传输装置执行数据传输的方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置。It should be noted that, the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by a data transmission device, or a control module in the data transmission device for executing the data transmission method. In the embodiment of the present application, the data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the data transmission method performed by the data transmission device as an example.
图13是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的结构示意图之一,如图 13所示,包括:第一接收模块1310,和第一处理模块1320;其中:Figure 13 is one of the schematic structural diagrams of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figure 13, including: a first receiving module 1310, and a first processing module 1320; wherein:
第一接收模块1310用于接收第一信号;The first receiving module 1310 is configured to receive a first signal;
第一处理模块1320用于基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;The first processing module 1320 is configured to process the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,数据传输装置可以通过第一接收模块1310接收第一信号;然后基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵,通过第一处理模块1320对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号。Optionally, the data transmission device may receive the first signal through the first receiving module 1310; then, based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix, process the first signal through the first processing module 1320 to obtain the target signal.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
可选地,所述装置还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the device also includes at least one of the following:
矩阵分解模块,用于所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵;A matrix decomposition module, configured for the first communication device to perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix;
矩阵获取模块,用于所述第一通信基于第二通信设备发送的第一指示信息,获得所述均衡矩阵。A matrix acquiring module, configured for the first communication to acquire the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
其中,P是预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is a precoding matrix, R 1 is a first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 1 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 1 HY 1=R 1S+Q 1 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 1 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 1 H Y 1 =R 1 S+Q 1 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000062
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000062
其中,Y 1是所述第一信号,Y 1=HX 1+N,N为噪声,X 1为第二通信设备发送的第二信号,X 1=PS,S为预编码前的第一调制符号,H为物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵。 Wherein, Y 1 is the first signal, Y 1 =HX 1 +N, N is noise, X 1 is the second signal sent by the second communication device, X 1 =PS, S is the first modulation before precoding Symbol, H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵;所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000063
其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix; the second A communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000063
Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000064
The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000064
所述第一通信设备基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HThe first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000065
R 2是第一上三角矩阵。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000065
R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 2 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 2 H=R 2S+Q 2 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 2 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 2 H =R 2 S+Q 2 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000066
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000066
其中,Y 2是所述第一信号,Y 2=HX 2+N,X 2=FS。 Wherein, Y 2 is the first signal, Y 2 =HX 2 +N, X 2 =FS.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述第一处理模块还用于:Optionally, the first processing module is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 3 HY 3=MΣ 1S+Q 3 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 3 H Y 3 =MΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000067
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000067
其中,Y 3是所述第一信号,Y 3=HX 3+N,X 3=FS,Σ 1为第二功率分配矩阵,所述第二功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的。 Wherein, Y 3 is the first signal, Y 3 =HX 3 +N, X 3 =FS, Σ 1 is the second power allocation matrix, and the second power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication equipment.
可选地,所述第一处理模块还用于:Optionally, the first processing module is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000068
The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000068
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000069
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000069
其中,Y 4是所述第一信号,Y 4=HX 4+N,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000070
Σ 2为第三功率分配矩阵,所述第三功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的,其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000071
的长度为Q ftn,Q ftn为所有子信道的数量,且
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000072
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000073
为实际用于传输的子信道的数量,K为FTN重叠系数。
Wherein, Y 4 is the first signal, Y 4 =HX 4 +N,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000070
Σ 2 is a third power allocation matrix, the third power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication device, wherein,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000071
The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000072
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000073
is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, and K is the FTN overlap coefficient.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二接收模块,用于接收第二通信设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第 二指示信息用于指示所述等效信道矩阵。The second receiving module is configured to receive second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第三接收模块,用于接收第二通信设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述预编码方式。The third receiving module is configured to receive third indication information sent by the second communication device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the precoding mode.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
图14是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的流程示意图之二,如图14所示,包括:预编码模块1410,映射模块1420,和传输模块1430;其中:FIG. 14 is the second schematic flow diagram of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , it includes: a precoding module 1410, a mapping module 1420, and a transmission module 1430; where:
预编码模块1410用于基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;The precoding module 1410 is configured to precode the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
映射模块1420用于对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;The mapping module 1420 is configured to perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
传输模块1430用于传输所述第二信号;The transmission module 1430 is configured to transmit the second signal;
其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,数据传输装置可以基于等效信道矩阵确定预编码矩阵,通过预编码模块1410对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;然后通过传输模块1430传输所述第二信号。Optionally, the data transmission device may determine a precoding matrix based on the equivalent channel matrix, and perform precoding on the first modulation symbol through the precoding module 1410 to obtain symbols to be transmitted; and then transmit the second signal through the transmission module 1430 .
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
矩阵分解模块,用于对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。A matrix decomposition module, configured to perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is used for:
在预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
其中,P是所述预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is the precoding matrix, R 1 is the first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is used for:
在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵; The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix;
所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000074
其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
The first communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000074
Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000075
The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000075
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第一确定模块,用于基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HA first determining module, configured to determine the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000076
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000076
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is used for:
在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,所述矩阵分解模块用于:Optionally, the matrix decomposition module is used for:
所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二确定模块,用于基于物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵、匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵、和成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,确定所述等效信道矩阵。The second determination module is used to determine the equivalent channel based on the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel, the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, and the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter matrix.
可选地,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GHG H;其中,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,H为所述第一时域信道矩阵。 Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix H eq =GHGH H ; wherein, G is the third time-domain channel matrix, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第三确定模块,用于基于当前物理信道质量信息,确定所述第一时域信道矩阵。The third determining module is configured to determine the first time-domain channel matrix based on current physical channel quality information.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第四确定模块,用于基于成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵和匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,确定所述等效信道矩阵。The fourth determining module is configured to determine the equivalent channel matrix based on the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter and the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter.
可选地,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GG H;其中,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵。 Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix Heq =GG H ; wherein, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and G is the third time-domain channel matrix.
可选地,所述传输模块用于:Optionally, the transmission module is used for:
在物理信道的1+β个子信道传输所述第二信号;transmitting the second signal on 1+β sub-channels of the physical channel;
其中,所述β为所述成型滤波器的滚降系数。Wherein, the β is the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter.
可选地,所述传输模块用于:Optionally, the transmission module is used for:
基于第三功率分配矩阵,确定映射在所述1+β个子信道中每一个子信道的第二信号。Based on the third power allocation matrix, determine the second signal mapped to each subchannel in the 1+β subchannels.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第一指示模块,用于通过第二指示信息,将所述等效信道矩阵指示给 第一通信设备。The first indication module is configured to indicate the equivalent channel matrix to the first communication device through the second indication information.
可选地,所述指示信息包括:Optionally, the instruction information includes:
第一索引,所述第一索引用于指示等效信道矩阵表中的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述等效信道矩阵;A first index, where the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, where the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix;
第一参数。first parameter.
可选地,所述第一参数包括成型滤波器系数和以下至少一项:Optionally, the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
上采样次数;Upsampling times;
FTN重叠系数。FTN overlap factor.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第二指示模块,用于通过第三指示信息,将所述预编码方式指示给第一通信设备。The second indicating module is configured to indicate the precoding mode to the first communication device through third indicating information.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device also includes:
第三指示模块,用于通过第一指示信息,将所述均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设备。The third indication module is configured to indicate the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
本申请实施例中的数据传输装置可以是装置,具有操作系统的装置或电子设备,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置或电子设备可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The data transmission device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, a device with an operating system or an electronic device, or may be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The apparatus or electronic equipment may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置能够实现图4至图11的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application can realize each process realized by the method embodiments in FIG. 4 to FIG. 11 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
可选的,图15是本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。如图15所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1500,包括处理器1501,存储器1502,存储在存储器1502上并可在所述处理器1501上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备1500为终端时,该程序或指令被处理器1501执行时实现上述数据传输方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备1500为网络侧设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1501执行时实现上述数据传输方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1500, including a processor 1501, a memory 1502, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 1502 and operable on the processor 1501, for example, the communication When the device 1500 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501, each process of the above data transmission method embodiment can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 1500 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501, each process of the above data transmission method embodiment can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
可选地,第一通信设备可以是终端,第二通信设备可以是网络侧设备。Optionally, the first communication device may be a terminal, and the second communication device may be a network side device.
可选地,第一通信设备可以是网络侧设备,第二通信设备可以是终端。Optionally, the first communication device may be a network side device, and the second communication device may be a terminal.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备,包括处理器和通信接口,通信接口用于:接收第一信号;处理器用于:基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。该通信设备实施例是与上述通信设备侧方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该通信设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图16为实现本申请实施例的通信设备的硬件结构示意图之一。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to: receive a first signal; the processor is used to: process the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal; wherein , the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix. This communication device embodiment corresponds to the communication device side method embodiment above, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above method embodiment can be applied to this communication device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 16 is one of the schematic diagrams of the hardware structure of the communication device implementing the embodiment of the present application.
该通信设备1600包括但不限于:射频单元1601、网络模块1602、音频输出单元1603、输入单元1604、传感器1605、显示单元1606、用户输入单元1607、接口单元1608、存储器1609、以及处理器1610等中的至少部分部件。The communication device 1600 includes, but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1601, a network module 1602, an audio output unit 1603, an input unit 1604, a sensor 1605, a display unit 1606, a user input unit 1607, an interface unit 1608, a memory 1609, and a processor 1610, etc. at least some of the components.
本领域技术人员可以理解,通信设备1600还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1610逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图16中示出的通信设备结构并不构成对通信设备的限定,通信设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the communication device 1600 can also include a power supply (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 1610 through the power management system, so that the management of charging, discharging, and function can be realized through the power management system. Consumption management and other functions. The structure of the communication device shown in FIG. 16 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device. The communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here. .
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元1604可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)16041和麦克风16042,图形处理器16041 对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元1606可包括显示面板16061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板16061。用户输入单元1607包括触控面板16071以及其他输入设备16072。触控面板16071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板16071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备16072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 1604 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 16041 and a microphone 16042, and the graphics processor 16041 is used for the image capture device ( Such as the image data of the still picture or video obtained by the camera) for processing. The display unit 1606 may include a display panel 16061, and the display panel 16061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 1607 includes a touch panel 16071 and other input devices 16072 . Touch panel 16071, also called touch screen. The touch panel 16071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 16072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元1601将来自网络侧设备的下行数据接收后,给处理器1610处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给网络侧设备。通常,射频单元1601包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, the radio frequency unit 1601 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and processes it to the processor 1610; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 1601 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
存储器1609可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器1609可主要包括存储程序或指令区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序或指令区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器1609可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非易失性固态存储器件。The memory 1609 can be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 1609 may mainly include a program or instruction storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program or instruction storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like. In addition, the memory 1609 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a nonvolatile memory, wherein the nonvolatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. For example at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid-state storage device.
处理器1610可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器1610可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序或指令等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1610中。The processor 1610 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1610 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs or instructions, etc., Modem processors mainly handle wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1610 .
其中,处理器1610用于:Wherein, the processor 1610 is used for:
接收第一信号;receiving the first signal;
基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;Processing the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
可选地,处理器1610还用于以下至少一项:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for at least one of the following:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵;The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix;
所述第一通信基于第二通信设备发送的第一指示信息,获得所述均衡矩阵。The first communication obtains the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
其中,P是预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is a precoding matrix, R 1 is a first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 1 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 1 HY 1=R 1S+Q 1 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 1 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 1 H Y 1 =R 1 S+Q 1 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000077
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000077
其中,Y 1是所述第一信号,Y 1=HX 1+N,N为噪声,X 1为第二通信设备发送的第二信号,X 1=PS,S为预编码前的第一调制符号,H为物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵。 Wherein, Y 1 is the first signal, Y 1 =HX 1 +N, N is noise, X 1 is the second signal sent by the second communication device, X 1 =PS, S is the first modulation before precoding Symbol, H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵;所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000078
其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix; the second A communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000078
Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000079
The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000079
所述第一通信设备基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HThe first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000080
R 2是第一上三角矩阵。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000080
R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 2 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 2 H=R 2S+Q 2 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 2 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 2 H =R 2 S+Q 2 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000081
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000081
其中,Y 2是所述第一信号,Y 2=HX 2+N,X 2=FS。 Wherein, Y 2 is the first signal, Y 2 =HX 2 +N, X 2 =FS.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 3 HY 3=MΣ 1S+Q 3 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 3 H Y 3 =MΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N;
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000082
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000082
其中,Y 3是所述第一信号,Y 3=HX 3+N,X 3=FS,Σ 1为第二功率分配矩阵,所述第二功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的。 Wherein, Y 3 is the first signal, Y 3 =HX 3 +N, X 3 =FS, Σ 1 is the second power allocation matrix, and the second power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication equipment.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000083
The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000083
所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000084
The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000084
其中,Y 4是所述第一信号,Y 4=HX 4+N,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000085
Σ 2为第三功率分配矩阵,所述第三功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的,其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000086
的长度为Q ftn,Q ftn为所有子信道的数量,且
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000087
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000088
为实际用于传输的子信道的数量,K为FTN重叠系数。
Wherein, Y 4 is the first signal, Y 4 =HX 4 +N,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000085
Σ 2 is a third power allocation matrix, the third power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication device, wherein,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000086
The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000087
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000088
is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, and K is the FTN overlap coefficient.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
接收第二通信设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述等效信道矩阵。receiving second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix.
可选地,处理器1610还用于:Optionally, the processor 1610 is also used for:
接收第二通信设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述预编码方式。receiving third indication information sent by the second communication device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the precoding manner.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避 免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于:The embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, and the processor is used for:
基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;Based on the precoding matrix, precoding the first modulation symbol to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;performing super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
通信接口用于:Communication interface for:
传输所述第二信号;其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。该网络侧设备实施例是与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。Transmit the second signal; wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix. The network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信设备。图17为实现本申请实施例的通信设备的硬件结构示意图之二,如图17所示,该网络设备1700包括:天线1701、射频装置1702、基带装置1703。天线1701与射频装置1702连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1702通过天线1701接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置1703进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1703对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1702,射频装置1702对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线1701发送出去。Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device. FIG. 17 is the second schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device implementing the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17 , the network device 1700 includes: an antenna 1701 , a radio frequency device 1702 , and a baseband device 1703 . The antenna 1701 is connected to the radio frequency device 1702 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1702 receives information through the antenna 1701, and sends the received information to the baseband device 1703 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 1703 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 1702 , and the radio frequency device 1702 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 1701 .
上述频带处理装置可以位于基带装置1703中,以上实施例中通信设备执行的方法可以在基带装置1703中实现,该基带装置1703包括处理器1704和存储器1705。The foregoing frequency band processing apparatus may be located in the baseband apparatus 1703 , and the method performed by the communication device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband apparatus 1703 , and the baseband apparatus 1703 includes a processor 1704 and a memory 1705 .
基带装置1703例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图17所示,其中一个芯片例如为处理器1704,与存储器1705连接,以调用存储器1705中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 1703 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, and the baseband board is provided with a plurality of chips, as shown in FIG. The network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
该基带装置1703还可以包括网络接口1706,用于与射频装置1702交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,简称CPRI)。The baseband device 1703 may further include a network interface 1706, configured to exchange information with the radio frequency device 1702, such as a common public radio interface (common public radio interface, CPRI for short).
具体地,本发明实施例的通信设备还包括:存储在存储器1705上并可在处理器1704上运行的指令或程序,处理器1704调用存储器1705中的指令或程序执行图14所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the communication device in the embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1705 and operable on the processor 1704, and the processor 1704 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1705 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 14 method, and achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
可选地,处理器1704用于:Optionally, processor 1704 is used for:
基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;Based on the precoding matrix, precoding the first modulation symbol to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;performing super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
传输所述第二信号;transmitting the second signal;
其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。The second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
在预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
其中,P是所述预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is the precoding matrix, R 1 is the first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码 矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵; The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix;
所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000089
其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
The first communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000089
Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000090
The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000090
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
所述第一通信设备基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HThe first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000091
R 2是第一上三角矩阵。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-000091
R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
所述第二通信设备基于物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵、匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵、和成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,确定所述等效信道矩阵。The second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel, the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, and the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter .
可选地,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GHG H;其中,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,H为所述第一时域信道矩阵。 Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix H eq =GHGH H ; wherein, G is the third time-domain channel matrix, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and H is the first time-domain channel matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
基于当前物理信道质量信息,确定所述第一时域信道矩阵。Determine the first time-domain channel matrix based on current physical channel quality information.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
第二通信设备基于成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵和匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,确定所述等效信道矩阵。The second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter and the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter.
可选地,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GG H;其中,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵。 Optionally, the equivalent channel matrix Heq =GG H ; wherein, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and G is the third time-domain channel matrix.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
所述第二通信设备在物理信道的1+β个子信道传输所述第二信号;The second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+β sub-channels of the physical channel;
其中,所述β为所述成型滤波器的滚降系数。Wherein, the β is the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
基于第三功率分配矩阵,确定映射在所述1+β个子信道中每一个子信道的第二信号。Based on the third power allocation matrix, determine the second signal mapped to each subchannel in the 1+β subchannels.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
第二通信设备通过第二指示信息,将所述等效信道矩阵指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the equivalent channel matrix to the first communication device through the second indication information.
可选地,所述指示信息包括:Optionally, the instruction information includes:
第一索引,所述第一索引用于指示等效信道矩阵表中的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述等效信道矩阵;A first index, where the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, where the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix;
第一参数。first parameter.
可选地,所述第一参数包括成型滤波器系数和以下至少一项:Optionally, the first parameters include shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
上采样次数;Upsampling times;
FTN重叠系数。FTN overlap factor.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
第二通信设备通过第三指示信息,将所述预编码方式指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the precoding mode to the first communication device by using the third indication information.
可选地,处理器1704还用于:Optionally, the processor 1704 is also used for:
第二通信设备通过第一指示信息,将所述均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设 备。The second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过接收预编码后的第一信号,并基于等效信道矩阵确定的均衡矩阵对第一信号进行均衡处理,获得目标信号;可以根据预知的等效信道信息,对原始调制符号进行预先处理,以避免接收机的最大似然序列检测处理导致接收机的算法复杂度高,从而转嫁部分接收侧复杂度到发送侧,降低FTN系统接收机的复杂度,使之更易于工程实现。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains the target signal by receiving the precoded first signal and performing equalization processing on the first signal based on the equalization matrix determined by the equivalent channel matrix; Information, pre-process the original modulation symbols to avoid the receiver's maximum likelihood sequence detection processing resulting in high algorithm complexity of the receiver, so as to transfer part of the complexity of the receiving side to the sending side, reducing the complexity of the receiver of the FTN system, Make it easier to implement engineering.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述数据传输方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, each process of the above data transmission method embodiment is realized, and the same To avoid repetition, the technical effects will not be repeated here.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的通信设备中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the communication device described in the foregoing embodiments. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述数据传输方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above data transmission method embodiment Each process can achieve the same technical effect, so in order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方 法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the term "comprising", "comprising" or any other variation thereof is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or apparatus comprising a set of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed, or elements inherent in the process, method, article, or device. Without further limitations, an element defined by the phrase "comprising a ..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus comprising that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions are performed, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台通信设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, and of course also by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of computer software products, which are stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, etc.) , CD-ROM), including several instructions to enable a communication device (which may be a mobile phone, computer, server, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Under the inspiration of this application, without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims, many forms can also be made, all of which belong to the protection of this application.

Claims (45)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,包括:A data transmission method comprising:
    第一通信设备接收第一信号;the first communication device receives the first signal;
    第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;The first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
    其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:The data transmission method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵;The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix;
    所述第一通信基于第二通信设备发送的第一指示信息,获得所述均衡矩阵。The first communication obtains the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 2, wherein the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, comprising:
    在确定预编码方式是几何平均分解GMD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the geometric mean decomposition (GMD) mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 3, wherein the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
    所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
    其中,P是预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is a precoding matrix, R 1 is a first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 4, wherein the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, comprising:
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 1 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 1 HY 1=R 1S+Q 1 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 1 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 1 H Y 1 =R 1 S+Q 1 H N;
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100001
    The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100001
    其中,Y 1是所述第一信号,Y 1=HX 1+N,N为噪声,X 1为第二通信设备发送的第二信号,X 1=PS,S为预编码前的第一调制符号,H为物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵。 Wherein, Y 1 is the first signal, Y 1 =HX 1 +N, N is noise, X 1 is the second signal sent by the second communication device, X 1 =PS, S is the first modulation before precoding Symbol, H is the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 2, wherein the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, comprising:
    在确定预编码方式是均匀通道分解UCD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。In a case where it is determined that the precoding mode is a uniform channel decomposition (UCD) mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 6, wherein the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, including:
    所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵; The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix;
    所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100002
    其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
    The first communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100002
    Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
    所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100003
    The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100003
    所述第一通信设备基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HThe first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100004
    R 2是第一上三角矩阵。
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100004
    R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 7, wherein the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, comprising:
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 2 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为 Q 2 H=R 2S+Q 2 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 2 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 2 H =R 2 S+Q 2 H N;
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100005
    The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100005
    其中,Y 2是所述第一信号,Y 2=HX 2+N,X 2=FS。 Wherein, Y 2 is the first signal, Y 2 =HX 2 +N, X 2 =FS.
  9. 根据权利要求2所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 2, wherein the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix, comprising:
    在确定预编码方式是奇异值分解SVD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。In a case where it is determined that the precoding mode is a singular value decomposition (SVD) mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on an SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 9, wherein the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix, comprising:
    所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
    其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 10, wherein the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, comprising:
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为Q 3 HY 3=MΣ 1S+Q 3 HN; The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is Q 3 H Y 3 =MΣ 1 S+Q 3 H N;
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100006
    The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100006
    其中,Y 3是所述第一信号,Y 3=HX 3+N,X 3=FS,Σ 1为第二功率分配矩阵,所述第二功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的。 Wherein, Y 3 is the first signal, Y 3 =HX 3 +N, X 3 =FS, Σ 1 is the second power allocation matrix, and the second power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication equipment.
  12. 根据权利要求9或10所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一通信设备基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the first communication device processes the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal, comprising:
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡矩阵Q 3 H,确定均衡后的第一信号为
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100007
    The first communication device determines, based on the equalization matrix Q 3 H , that the equalized first signal is
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100007
    所述第一通信设备基于所述均衡后的第一信号,确定所述目标信号为
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100008
    The first communication device determines, based on the equalized first signal, that the target signal is
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100008
    其中,Y 4是所述第一信号,Y 4=HX 4+N,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100009
    Σ 2为第三功率分配矩阵,所述第三功率分配矩阵是第二通信设备指示给第一通信设备的,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100010
    的长度为Q ftn,Q ftn为所有子信道的数量,且
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100011
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100012
    为实际用于传输的子信道的数量,K为FTN重叠系数。
    Wherein, Y 4 is the first signal, Y 4 =HX 4 +N,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100009
    Σ 2 is a third power allocation matrix, the third power allocation matrix is indicated by the second communication device to the first communication device, wherein,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100010
    The length of is Q ftn , Q ftn is the number of all subchannels, and
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100011
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100012
    is the number of sub-channels actually used for transmission, and K is the FTN overlap coefficient.
  13. 根据权利要求1-11任一项所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第二通信设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述等效信道矩阵。receiving second indication information sent by the second communication device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the equivalent channel matrix.
  14. 根据权利要求3-11任一项所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to any one of claims 3-11, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第二通信设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述预编码方式。receiving third indication information sent by the second communication device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the precoding manner.
  15. 一种数据传输方法,,包括:A data transmission method, comprising:
    第二通信设备基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;The second communication device precodes the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
    所述第二通信设备对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;The second communication device performs super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
    所述第二通信设备传输所述第二信号;the second communication device transmits the second signal;
    其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。The second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 16, wherein the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, comprising:
    在预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于GMD 矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 17, wherein the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, including:
    所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq1进行矩阵分解,获得H eq1=Q 1R 1P HThe first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq1 to obtain Heq1 =Q 1 R 1 P H ;
    其中,P是所述预编码矩阵,R 1是第一中间矩阵,Q 1 H是均衡矩阵。 Wherein, P is the precoding matrix, R 1 is the first intermediate matrix, and Q 1 H is the equalization matrix.
  19. 根据权利要求15所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 15, wherein the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, comprising:
    在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 19, wherein the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, comprising:
    所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq2进行矩阵分解,获得H eq2=UΛV H,其中,Λ是功率分配相关矩阵,V是酉矩阵,U是第二中间矩阵; The first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq2 to obtain Heq2 = UΛV H , where Λ is a power allocation correlation matrix, V is a unitary matrix, and U is a second intermediate matrix;
    所述第一通信设备基于所述功率分配相关矩阵Λ,确定第一功率分配矩阵Φ=diag{φ 12,…,φ K},其中,对角线元素
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100013
    其中,λ k为Λ的对角线元素;
    The first communication device determines a first power allocation matrix Φ=diag{φ 12 ,...,φ K } based on the power allocation correlation matrix Λ, where the diagonal elements
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100013
    Wherein, λ k is the diagonal element of Λ;
    所述第一通信设备基于所述酉矩阵,所述第一功率分配矩阵和半酉矩阵Ω,确定预编码矩阵
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100014
    The first communication device determines a precoding matrix based on the unitary matrix, the first power allocation matrix and the semi-unitary matrix Ω
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100014
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to claim 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备基于所述预编码矩阵,确定所述均衡矩阵Q 2 HThe first communication device determines the equalization matrix Q 2 H based on the precoding matrix;
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100015
    R 2是第一上三角矩阵。
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022092782-appb-100015
    R2 is the first upper triangular matrix.
  22. 根据权利要求16所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 16, wherein the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix, comprising:
    在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第二通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 22, wherein the second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the precoding matrix, comprising:
    所述第二通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵H eq3进行矩阵分解,获得H eq3=Q 3MW HThe second communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix Heq3 to obtain Heq3 =Q 3 MW H ;
    其中,W是预编码矩阵,M是对角矩阵,Q 3 H是所述均衡矩阵。 Wherein, W is a precoding matrix, M is a diagonal matrix, and Q 3 H is the equalization matrix.
  24. 根据权利要求15-23任一项所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to any one of claims 15-23, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二通信设备基于物理信道对应的第一时域信道矩阵、匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵、和成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵,确定所述等效信道矩阵。The second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the first time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the physical channel, the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter, and the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter .
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GHG H;其中,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,H为所述第一时域信道矩阵。 The data transmission method according to claim 24, wherein the equivalent channel matrix H eq =GHGH H ; wherein G is the third time-domain channel matrix, G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, H is the first time-domain channel matrix.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to claim 25, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于当前物理信道质量信息,确定所述第一时域信道矩阵。Determine the first time-domain channel matrix based on current physical channel quality information.
  27. 根据权利要求15-23任一项所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to any one of claims 15-23, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二通信设备基于成型滤波器对应的第三时域信道矩阵和匹配滤波器对应的第二时域信道矩阵,确定所述等效信道矩阵。The second communication device determines the equivalent channel matrix based on the third time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the shaping filter and the second time-domain channel matrix corresponding to the matched filter.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述等效信道矩阵H eq=GG H;其中,G H为所述第二时域信道矩阵,G为所述第三时域信道矩阵。 The data transmission method according to claim 27, wherein the equivalent channel matrix Heq =GG H ; wherein G H is the second time-domain channel matrix, and G is the third time-domain channel matrix.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备 传输所述第二信号,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 28, wherein said second communication device transmitting said second signal comprises:
    所述第二通信设备在物理信道的1+β个子信道传输所述第二信号;The second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+β sub-channels of the physical channel;
    其中,所述β为所述成型滤波器的滚降系数。Wherein, the β is the roll-off coefficient of the shaping filter.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第二通信设备在物理信道的1+β个子信道传输所述第二信号,包括:The data transmission method according to claim 29, wherein the second communication device transmits the second signal on 1+β sub-channels of the physical channel, comprising:
    基于第三功率分配矩阵,确定映射在所述1+β个子信道中每一个子信道的第二信号。Based on the third power allocation matrix, determine the second signal mapped to each subchannel in the 1+β subchannels.
  31. 根据权利要求15-23任一项或25或26或28-30任一项所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to any one of claims 15-23 or 25 or 26 or any one of 28-30, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二通信设备通过第二指示信息,将所述等效信道矩阵指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the equivalent channel matrix to the first communication device through the second indication information.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述指示信息包括:The data transmission method according to claim 31, wherein the indication information includes:
    第一索引,所述第一索引用于指示等效信道矩阵表中的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述等效信道矩阵;A first index, where the first index is used to indicate a first parameter in the equivalent channel matrix table, where the first parameter is used to determine the equivalent channel matrix;
    第一参数。first parameter.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述第一参数包括成型滤波器系数和以下至少一项:The data transmission method according to claim 32, wherein the first parameter comprises shaping filter coefficients and at least one of the following:
    上采样次数;Upsampling times;
    FTN重叠系数。FTN overlap factor.
  34. 根据权利要求17-23任一项或25或26或28-30任一项所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to any one of claims 17-23 or 25 or 26 or any one of 28-30, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二通信设备通过第三指示信息,将所述预编码方式指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the precoding mode to the first communication device by using the third indication information.
  35. 根据权利要求18或21或23所述的数据传输方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to claim 18 or 21 or 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    第二通信设备通过第一指示信息,将所述均衡矩阵指示给第一通信设备。The second communication device indicates the equalization matrix to the first communication device through the first indication information.
  36. 一种数据传输装置,包括:A data transmission device, comprising:
    第一接收模块,用于接收第一信号;a first receiving module, configured to receive a first signal;
    第一处理模块,用于基于均衡矩阵,对所述第一信号进行处理,获得目标信号;A first processing module, configured to process the first signal based on an equalization matrix to obtain a target signal;
    其中,所述均衡矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the equalization matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的数据传输装置,其中,所述装置还包括以下至少一项:The data transmission device according to claim 36, wherein the device further comprises at least one of the following:
    矩阵分解模块,用于所述第一通信设备对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵;A matrix decomposition module, configured for the first communication device to perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the equalization matrix;
    矩阵获取模块,用于所述第一通信基于第二通信设备发送的第一指示信息,获得所述均衡矩阵。A matrix acquiring module, configured for the first communication to acquire the equalization matrix based on the first indication information sent by the second communication device.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的数据传输装置,其中,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:The data transmission device according to claim 37, wherein the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
    在确定预编码方式是GMD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于GMD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the GMD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a GMD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的数据传输装置,其中,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:The data transmission device according to claim 37, wherein the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
    在确定预编码方式是UCD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于UCD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the UCD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on a UCD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  40. 根据权利要求37所述的数据传输装置,其中,所述矩阵分解模块还用于:The data transmission device according to claim 37, wherein the matrix decomposition module is also used for:
    在确定预编码方式是SVD方式的情况下,所述第一通信设备基于SVD矩阵分解方法,对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述均衡矩阵。When it is determined that the precoding mode is the SVD mode, the first communication device performs matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix based on the SVD matrix decomposition method to obtain the equalization matrix.
  41. 一种数据传输装置,,包括:A data transmission device, comprising:
    预编码模块,用于基于预编码矩阵,对第一调制符号进行预编码,获得待传输符号;A precoding module, configured to precode the first modulation symbol based on the precoding matrix to obtain symbols to be transmitted;
    映射模块,用于对待传输符号进行超奈奎斯特FTN映射,获得第二信号;A mapping module, configured to perform super-Nyquist FTN mapping on symbols to be transmitted to obtain a second signal;
    传输模块,用于传输所述第二信号;a transmission module, configured to transmit the second signal;
    其中,所述预编码矩阵是基于等效信道矩阵确定的。Wherein, the precoding matrix is determined based on an equivalent channel matrix.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的数据传输装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The data transmission device according to claim 41, wherein said device further comprises:
    矩阵分解模块,用于对所述等效信道矩阵进行矩阵分解,获得所述预编码矩阵。A matrix decomposition module, configured to perform matrix decomposition on the equivalent channel matrix to obtain the precoding matrix.
  43. 一种通信设备,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至14任一项所述的数据传输方法的步骤。A communication device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, claims 1 to 14 are implemented The steps of any one of the data transmission methods.
  44. 一种通信设备,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求15至35任一项所述的数据传输方法的步骤。A communication device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored on the memory and operable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, claims 15 to 35 are implemented The steps of any one of the data transmission methods.
  45. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至14任一项所述的数据传输方法的步骤,或者实现如权利要求15至35任一项所述的数据传输方法的步骤。A readable storage medium, storing programs or instructions on the readable storage medium, and implementing the steps of the data transmission method according to any one of claims 1 to 14 when the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, or implementing The steps of the data transmission method as claimed in any one of claims 15 to 35.
PCT/CN2022/092782 2021-05-18 2022-05-13 Data transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium WO2022242573A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110541400.3 2021-05-18
CN202110541400.3A CN115378769B (en) 2021-05-18 Data transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022242573A1 true WO2022242573A1 (en) 2022-11-24

Family

ID=84058799

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/092782 WO2022242573A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-05-13 Data transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022242573A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116633733A (en) * 2023-06-26 2023-08-22 安徽大学 GMD precoding method of super Nyquist system based on cyclic convolution
CN116668247A (en) * 2023-06-26 2023-08-29 安徽大学 Cholesky precoding method of super Nyquist system

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102983934A (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-20 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for linear precoding in multi-user multiple input multiple output system
CN106302277A (en) * 2015-06-10 2017-01-04 上海无线通信研究中心 A kind of super Nyquist modulating system and method
US20180359120A1 (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-12-13 Orange Precompensation of interference induced by an ofdm/oqam modulation that is faster than nyquist
CN110149287A (en) * 2019-06-18 2019-08-20 西安电子科技大学 Super Nyquist system and its symbol estimation method based on linear predictive coding
US20200014438A1 (en) * 2017-03-01 2020-01-09 Université Du Luxembourg Spatio-temporal precoding for faster-than-nyquist signal transmissions

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102983934A (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-20 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for linear precoding in multi-user multiple input multiple output system
CN106302277A (en) * 2015-06-10 2017-01-04 上海无线通信研究中心 A kind of super Nyquist modulating system and method
US20180359120A1 (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-12-13 Orange Precompensation of interference induced by an ofdm/oqam modulation that is faster than nyquist
US20200014438A1 (en) * 2017-03-01 2020-01-09 Université Du Luxembourg Spatio-temporal precoding for faster-than-nyquist signal transmissions
CN110149287A (en) * 2019-06-18 2019-08-20 西安电子科技大学 Super Nyquist system and its symbol estimation method based on linear predictive coding

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116633733A (en) * 2023-06-26 2023-08-22 安徽大学 GMD precoding method of super Nyquist system based on cyclic convolution
CN116668247A (en) * 2023-06-26 2023-08-29 安徽大学 Cholesky precoding method of super Nyquist system
CN116633733B (en) * 2023-06-26 2024-02-09 安徽大学 GMD precoding method of super Nyquist system based on cyclic convolution
CN116668247B (en) * 2023-06-26 2024-02-23 安徽大学 Cholesky precoding method of super Nyquist system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115378769A (en) 2022-11-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6513080B2 (en) Network signaling for network assisted interference cancellation and suppression
WO2022242573A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
US10298431B2 (en) Tail cancelation and addition of unique word for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
US20130022090A1 (en) Dynamic Cyclic Prefix Mode for Uplink Radio Resource Management
EP3381164B1 (en) Changing cyclic prefix (cp) length based on precoder mode selection
US11044121B2 (en) Multicarrier communication system for doubly selective channels using virtual trajectories receiver
WO2022199664A1 (en) Information sending method and device
WO2022048642A1 (en) Frame structure indication method, frame structure update method, and related devices
CN115378769B (en) Data transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2022083619A1 (en) Communication information sending method, communication information receiving method, and communication device
Kato et al. Low-complexity MIMO signal detection employing multistream constrained search
WO2022166880A1 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
WO2022166882A1 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
US8467439B2 (en) Adaptively switching equalization operations in a node of a wireless network
CN116488969B (en) Channel equalization method, device, equipment and storage medium
WO2022105887A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
Long et al. Improved Wideband Precoding with Arbitrary Subcarrier Grouping in MIMO‐OFDM Systems
CN114520681B (en) Information transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN110830090A (en) Signal processing method and device
WO2022242541A1 (en) Channel estimation method and apparatus, device and readable storage medium
US20240121730A1 (en) Apparatus, method and computer program for precoding
WO2021171069A1 (en) Multiple-input and multiple-output detection based on transmitted signal streams permutation
CN116264488A (en) Interference measurement method, device, equipment and storage medium
Hao et al. A new multiplierless symbol synchronization algorithm for IEEE802. 11x WLANs
Jang et al. Iterative receiver with enhanced spatial covariance matrix estimation in asynchronous interference environment for 3GPP LTE MIMO-OFDMA system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22803895

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE